1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===//
2 //
3 //                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4 //
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7 //
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9 //
10 //  This file implements semantic analysis for declarations.
11 //
12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13 
14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
15 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h"
16 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h"
17 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
18 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h"
19 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h"
26 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
27 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h"
28 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
29 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
30 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
31 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
32 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
33 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering.
34 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
35 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // Included for isCodeCompletionEnabled()
36 #include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h"
37 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h"
38 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
39 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h"
40 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
41 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
42 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
43 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
44 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
45 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h"
46 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
47 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
48 #include <algorithm>
49 #include <cstring>
50 #include <functional>
51 using namespace clang;
52 using namespace sema;
53 
54 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) {
55   if (OwnedType) {
56     Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr };
57     return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2));
58   }
59 
60   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr));
61 }
62 
63 namespace {
64 
65 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
66  public:
67   TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false,
68                        bool AllowTemplates=false)
69       : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass),
70         AllowClassTemplates(AllowTemplates) {
71     WantExpressionKeywords = false;
72     WantCXXNamedCasts = false;
73     WantRemainingKeywords = false;
74   }
75 
76   bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override {
77     if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) {
78       bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND);
79       bool AllowedTemplate = AllowClassTemplates && isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(ND);
80       return (IsType || AllowedTemplate) &&
81              (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl());
82     }
83     return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword();
84   }
85 
86  private:
87   bool AllowInvalidDecl;
88   bool WantClassName;
89   bool AllowClassTemplates;
90 };
91 
92 }
93 
94 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier.
95 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const {
96   switch (Kind) {
97   // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a
98   // token kind is a valid type specifier
99   case tok::kw_short:
100   case tok::kw_long:
101   case tok::kw___int64:
102   case tok::kw___int128:
103   case tok::kw_signed:
104   case tok::kw_unsigned:
105   case tok::kw_void:
106   case tok::kw_char:
107   case tok::kw_int:
108   case tok::kw_half:
109   case tok::kw_float:
110   case tok::kw_double:
111   case tok::kw_wchar_t:
112   case tok::kw_bool:
113   case tok::kw___underlying_type:
114     return true;
115 
116   case tok::annot_typename:
117   case tok::kw_char16_t:
118   case tok::kw_char32_t:
119   case tok::kw_typeof:
120   case tok::annot_decltype:
121   case tok::kw_decltype:
122     return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
123 
124   default:
125     break;
126   }
127 
128   return false;
129 }
130 
131 static ParsedType recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(Sema &S,
132                                                       const IdentifierInfo &II,
133                                                       SourceLocation NameLoc) {
134   // Find the first parent class template context, if any.
135   // FIXME: Perform the lookup in all enclosing class templates.
136   const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr;
137   for (DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext; DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
138     RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
139     if (RD && RD->getDescribedClassTemplate())
140       break;
141   }
142   if (!RD)
143     return ParsedType();
144 
145   // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary
146   // templates.
147   bool FoundTypeDecl = false;
148   for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) {
149     auto *TST = Base.getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>();
150     if (!TST || !TST->isDependentType())
151       continue;
152     auto *TD = TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl();
153     if (!TD)
154       continue;
155     auto *BasePrimaryTemplate =
156         dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl());
157     if (!BasePrimaryTemplate)
158       continue;
159     // FIXME: Allow lookup into non-dependent bases of dependent bases, possibly
160     // by calling or integrating with the main LookupQualifiedName mechanism.
161     for (NamedDecl *ND : BasePrimaryTemplate->lookup(&II)) {
162       if (FoundTypeDecl)
163         return ParsedType();
164       FoundTypeDecl = isa<TypeDecl>(ND);
165       if (!FoundTypeDecl)
166         return ParsedType();
167     }
168   }
169   if (!FoundTypeDecl)
170     return ParsedType();
171 
172   // We found some types in dependent base classes.  Recover as if the user
173   // wrote 'typename MyClass::II' instead of 'II'.  We'll fully resolve the
174   // lookup during template instantiation.
175   S.Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup) << &II;
176 
177   ASTContext &Context = S.Context;
178   auto *NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, false,
179                                           cast<Type>(Context.getRecordType(RD)));
180   QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_Typename, NNS, &II);
181 
182   CXXScopeSpec SS;
183   SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
184 
185   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
186   DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T);
187   DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc);
188   DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
189   DepTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
190   return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
191 }
192 
193 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope,
194 /// return the declaration of that type.
195 ///
196 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II
197 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to
198 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an
199 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that
200 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL.
201 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
202                              Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
203                              bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot,
204                              ParsedType ObjectTypePtr,
205                              bool IsCtorOrDtorName,
206                              bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo,
207                              IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) {
208   // Determine where we will perform name lookup.
209   DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr;
210   if (ObjectTypePtr) {
211     QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get();
212     if (ObjectType->isRecordType())
213       LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType);
214   } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) {
215     LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false);
216 
217     if (!LookupCtx) {
218       if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
219         // C++ [temp.res]p3:
220         //   A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the
221         //   nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2)
222         //   shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the
223         //   qualified-id denotes a type, forming an
224         //   elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3).
225         //
226         // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would
227         // refer to a member of an unknown specialization.
228         if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName)
229           return ParsedType();
230 
231         // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type,
232         // so build a dependent node to describe the type.
233         if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo)
234           return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get();
235 
236         NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context);
237         QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc,
238                                        II, NameLoc);
239         return ParsedType::make(T);
240       }
241 
242       return ParsedType();
243     }
244 
245     if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() &&
246         RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx))
247       return ParsedType();
248   }
249 
250   // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of
251   // lookup for class-names.
252   LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName :
253                                       LookupOrdinaryName;
254   LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind);
255   if (LookupCtx) {
256     // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we
257     // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access
258     // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior
259     // nested-name-specifier.
260     LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx);
261 
262     if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) {
263       // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3:
264       //   If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up
265       //   in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of
266       //   the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also
267       //   looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall
268       //   find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T.
269       LookupName(Result, S);
270     }
271   } else {
272     // Perform unqualified name lookup.
273     LookupName(Result, S);
274 
275     // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into
276     // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known.
277     if (Result.empty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && (!SS || SS->isEmpty())) {
278       if (ParsedType TypeInBase =
279               recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, II, NameLoc))
280         return TypeInBase;
281     }
282   }
283 
284   NamedDecl *IIDecl = nullptr;
285   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
286   case LookupResult::NotFound:
287   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
288     if (CorrectedII) {
289       TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(true, isClassName);
290       TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(),
291                                               Kind, S, SS, Validator,
292                                               CTK_ErrorRecovery);
293       IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
294       TemplateTy Template;
295       bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
296       UnqualifiedId TemplateName;
297       TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc);
298       NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier();
299       CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS;
300       if (SS && NNS) {
301         NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
302         NewSSPtr = &NewSS;
303       }
304       if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) &&
305           // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected
306           // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names
307           // is handled elsewhere).
308           !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr &&
309             isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(),
310                            false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) {
311         ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr,
312                                     isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr,
313                                     IsCtorOrDtorName,
314                                     WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo);
315         if (Ty) {
316           diagnoseTypo(Correction,
317                        PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest)
318                          << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName);
319           if (SS && NNS)
320             SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
321           *CorrectedII = NewII;
322           return Ty;
323         }
324       }
325     }
326     // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through
327   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
328   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
329     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
330     return ParsedType();
331 
332   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
333     // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type.  We'll
334     // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can
335     // diagnose the error then.  If we don't do this, then the error
336     // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error
337     // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type.
338     if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) {
339       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
340       return ParsedType();
341     }
342 
343     // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results.
344     for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end();
345          Res != ResEnd; ++Res) {
346       if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) {
347         if (!IIDecl ||
348             (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() <
349               IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding())
350           IIDecl = *Res;
351       }
352     }
353 
354     if (!IIDecl) {
355       // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way
356       // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't
357       // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to
358       // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which
359       // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected
360       // a type name.
361       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
362       return ParsedType();
363     }
364 
365     // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the
366     // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right
367     // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to
368     // perform the name lookup again.
369     break;
370 
371   case LookupResult::Found:
372     IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl();
373     break;
374   }
375 
376   assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl");
377 
378   QualType T;
379   if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) {
380     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc);
381 
382     T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD);
383 
384     // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a
385     // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier
386     // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node).
387     if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) {
388       if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) {
389         // Construct a type with type-source information.
390         TypeLocBuilder Builder;
391         Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
392 
393         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
394         ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
395         ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
396         ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context));
397         return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
398       } else {
399         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
400       }
401     }
402   } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) {
403     (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc);
404     if (!HasTrailingDot)
405       T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl);
406   }
407 
408   if (T.isNull()) {
409     // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics.
410     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
411     return ParsedType();
412   }
413   return ParsedType::make(T);
414 }
415 
416 // Builds a fake NNS for the given decl context.
417 static NestedNameSpecifier *
418 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC) {
419   for (;; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) {
420     DC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
421     auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC);
422     if (ND && !ND->isInline() && !ND->isAnonymousNamespace())
423       return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, ND);
424     else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
425       return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(),
426                                          RD->getTypeForDecl());
427     else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC))
428       return NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context);
429   }
430   llvm_unreachable("something isn't in TU scope?");
431 }
432 
433 ParsedType Sema::ActOnDelayedDefaultTemplateArg(const IdentifierInfo &II,
434                                                 SourceLocation NameLoc) {
435   // Accepting an undeclared identifier as a default argument for a template
436   // type parameter is a Microsoft extension.
437   Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_ms_delayed_template_argument) << &II;
438 
439   // Build a fake DependentNameType that will perform lookup into CurContext at
440   // instantiation time.  The name specifier isn't dependent, so template
441   // instantiation won't transform it.  It will retry the lookup, however.
442   NestedNameSpecifier *NNS =
443       synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(Context, CurContext);
444   QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS, &II);
445 
446   // Build type location information.  We synthesized the qualifier, so we have
447   // to build a fake NestedNameSpecifierLoc.
448   NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder NNSLocBuilder;
449   NNSLocBuilder.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
450   NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = NNSLocBuilder.getWithLocInContext(Context);
451 
452   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
453   DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T);
454   DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc);
455   DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
456   DepTL.setQualifierLoc(QualifierLoc);
457   return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
458 }
459 
460 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only*
461 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo").  If
462 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum,
463 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class).  This is used to diagnose
464 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag.
465 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
466   // Do a tag name lookup in this scope.
467   LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
468   LookupName(R, S, false);
469   R.suppressDiagnostics();
470   if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
471     if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
472       switch (TD->getTagKind()) {
473       case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct;
474       case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface;
475       case TTK_Union:  return DeclSpec::TST_union;
476       case TTK_Class:  return DeclSpec::TST_class;
477       case TTK_Enum:   return DeclSpec::TST_enum;
478       }
479     }
480 
481   return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified;
482 }
483 
484 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope,
485 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes
486 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning.
487 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example:
488 /// @code
489 /// template<class T> class A {
490 /// public:
491 ///   typedef int TYPE;
492 /// };
493 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> {
494 /// public:
495 ///   A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class.
496 /// };
497 /// @endcode
498 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) {
499   if (CurContext->isRecord()) {
500     const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType();
501 
502     CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
503     for (const auto &Base : RD->bases())
504       if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType()))
505         return true;
506     return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
507   }
508   return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
509 }
510 
511 void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II,
512                                    SourceLocation IILoc,
513                                    Scope *S,
514                                    CXXScopeSpec *SS,
515                                    ParsedType &SuggestedType,
516                                    bool AllowClassTemplates) {
517   // We don't have anything to suggest (yet).
518   SuggestedType = ParsedType();
519 
520   // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo
521   // results, in case we have something that we can suggest.
522   TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(false, false, AllowClassTemplates);
523   if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc),
524                                              LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS,
525                                              Validator, CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
526     if (Corrected.isKeyword()) {
527       // We corrected to a keyword.
528       diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II);
529       II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
530     } else {
531       // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that.
532       if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) {
533         diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
534                      PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II);
535       } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) {
536         std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
537         bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() &&
538                                 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr);
539         diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
540                      PDiag(diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest)
541                        << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange());
542       } else {
543         llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here");
544       }
545 
546       CXXScopeSpec tmpSS;
547       if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier())
548         tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(),
549                           SourceRange(IILoc));
550       SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(),
551                                   IILoc, S, tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false,
552                                   false, ParsedType(),
553                                   /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false,
554                                   /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true);
555     }
556     return;
557   }
558 
559   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
560     // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to.
561     UnqualifiedId Name;
562     Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc);
563     CXXScopeSpec EmptySS;
564     TemplateTy TemplateResult;
565     bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
566     if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false,
567                        Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult,
568                        MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) {
569       TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.get();
570       Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName;
571       if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) {
572         Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here)
573           << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange();
574       }
575       return;
576     }
577   }
578 
579   // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag
580   // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead?
581 
582   if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid()))
583     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II;
584   else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false))
585     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found)
586       << II << DC << SS->getRange();
587   else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
588     unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing;
589     if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S))
590       DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing;
591 
592     Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID)
593       << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName()
594       << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc)
595       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename ");
596     SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(),
597                                       *SS, *II, IILoc).get();
598   } else {
599     assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() &&
600            "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed");
601   }
602 }
603 
604 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name
605 /// or
606 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) {
607   bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
608                        NextToken.is(tok::less);
609 
610   for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) {
611     if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I))
612       return true;
613 
614     if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I))
615       return true;
616   }
617 
618   return false;
619 }
620 
621 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result,
622                                     Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
623                                     IdentifierInfo *&Name,
624                                     SourceLocation NameLoc) {
625   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName);
626   SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS);
627   if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
628     StringRef FixItTagName;
629     switch (Tag->getTagKind()) {
630       case TTK_Class:
631         FixItTagName = "class ";
632         break;
633 
634       case TTK_Enum:
635         FixItTagName = "enum ";
636         break;
637 
638       case TTK_Struct:
639         FixItTagName = "struct ";
640         break;
641 
642       case TTK_Interface:
643         FixItTagName = "__interface ";
644         break;
645 
646       case TTK_Union:
647         FixItTagName = "union ";
648         break;
649     }
650 
651     StringRef TagName = FixItTagName.drop_back();
652     SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag)
653       << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
654       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName);
655 
656     for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end();
657          I != IEnd; ++I)
658       SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type)
659         << Name << TagName;
660 
661     // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl.
662     Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName);
663     SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS);
664     return true;
665   }
666 
667   return false;
668 }
669 
670 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier.
671 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
672                                   QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) {
673   ASTContext &Context = S.Context;
674 
675   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
676   Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
677 
678   T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T);
679   ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
680   ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
681   ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
682   return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
683 }
684 
685 Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S,
686                                             CXXScopeSpec &SS,
687                                             IdentifierInfo *&Name,
688                                             SourceLocation NameLoc,
689                                             const Token &NextToken,
690                                             bool IsAddressOfOperand,
691                                             CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC) {
692   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc);
693   ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl();
694 
695   if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) {
696     BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(),
697                                 QualType(), false, SS, nullptr, false);
698   }
699 
700   LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
701   LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod);
702 
703   // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into
704   // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known.
705   if (Result.empty() && SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
706     if (ParsedType TypeInBase =
707             recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, *Name, NameLoc))
708       return TypeInBase;
709   }
710 
711   // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically
712   // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method.
713   // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal
714   // unqualified lookup mechanism.
715   if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) {
716     ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true);
717     if (E.get() || E.isInvalid())
718       return E;
719   }
720 
721   bool SecondTry = false;
722   bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false;
723 
724 Corrected:
725   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
726   case LookupResult::NotFound:
727     // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function
728     // call.
729     if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) {
730       // In C++, this is an ADL-only call.
731       // FIXME: Reference?
732       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
733         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true);
734 
735       // C90 6.3.2.2:
736       //   If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a
737       //   function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no
738       //   declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is
739       //   implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing
740       //   the function call, the declaration
741       //
742       //     extern int identifier ();
743       //
744       //   appeared.
745       //
746       // We also allow this in C99 as an extension.
747       if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) {
748         Result.addDecl(D);
749         Result.resolveKind();
750         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false);
751       }
752     }
753 
754     // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in
755     // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum",
756     // "struct", or "union".
757     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry &&
758         isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
759       break;
760     }
761 
762     // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is
763     // close to this name.
764     if (!SecondTry && CCC) {
765       SecondTry = true;
766       if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(),
767                                                  Result.getLookupKind(), S,
768                                                  &SS, *CCC,
769                                                  CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
770         unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest;
771         unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest;
772 
773         NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl();
774         NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl
775           = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : nullptr;
776         if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
777             UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) {
778           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest;
779           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest;
780         } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl &&
781                    (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
782                     isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
783                     isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) {
784           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest;
785           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest;
786         }
787 
788         if (SS.isEmpty()) {
789           diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name);
790         } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it.
791           std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
792           bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() &&
793                                   Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr);
794           diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag)
795                                     << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false)
796                                     << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange());
797         }
798 
799         // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name.
800         Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
801 
802         // Typo correction corrected to a keyword.
803         if (Corrected.isKeyword())
804           return Name;
805 
806         // Also update the LookupResult...
807         // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point
808         Result.clear();
809         Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection());
810         if (FirstDecl)
811           Result.addDecl(FirstDecl);
812 
813         // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let
814         // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to
815         // reference the ivar.
816         // FIXME: This is a gross hack.
817         if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) {
818           Result.clear();
819           ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier()));
820           return E;
821         }
822 
823         goto Corrected;
824       }
825     }
826 
827     // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it.
828     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
829     return NameClassification::Unknown();
830 
831   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: {
832     // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were
833     // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other
834     // dependent nested-name-specifier.
835 
836     // C++ [temp.res]p2:
837     //   A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is
838     //   dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type
839     //   unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is
840     //   qualified by the keyword typename.
841     //
842     // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to
843     // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a
844     // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template'
845     // keyword here.
846     return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(),
847                                       NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand,
848                                       /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr);
849   }
850 
851   case LookupResult::Found:
852   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
853   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
854     break;
855 
856   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
857     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
858         hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) {
859       // C++ [temp.local]p3:
860       //   A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an
861       //   ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than
862       //   one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found
863       //   refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name
864       //   is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the
865       //   class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not
866       //   ambiguous.
867       //
868       // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one,
869       // so try again after filtering out template names.
870       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
871       if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) {
872         IsFilteredTemplateName = true;
873         break;
874       }
875     }
876 
877     // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error.
878     return NameClassification::Error();
879   }
880 
881   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
882       (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) {
883     // C++ [temp.names]p3:
884     //   After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that
885     //   an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of
886     //   overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if
887     //   this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a
888     //   template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator.
889     if (!IsFilteredTemplateName)
890       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
891 
892     if (!Result.empty()) {
893       bool IsFunctionTemplate;
894       bool IsVarTemplate;
895       TemplateName Template;
896       if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) {
897         IsFunctionTemplate = true;
898         Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(),
899                                                      Result.end());
900       } else {
901         TemplateDecl *TD
902           = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl());
903         IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD);
904         IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD);
905 
906         if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid())
907           Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(),
908                                                     /*TemplateKeyword=*/false,
909                                                       TD);
910         else
911           Template = TemplateName(TD);
912       }
913 
914       if (IsFunctionTemplate) {
915         // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which
916         // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need
917         // to based on which function we selected.
918         Result.suppressDiagnostics();
919 
920         return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template);
921       }
922 
923       return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template)
924                            : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template);
925     }
926   }
927 
928   NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
929   if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) {
930     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
931     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
932     if (SS.isNotEmpty())
933       return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
934     return ParsedType::make(T);
935   }
936 
937   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl);
938   if (!Class) {
939     // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this.
940     if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias =
941             dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl))
942       Class = Alias->getClassInterface();
943   }
944 
945   if (Class) {
946     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc);
947 
948     if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) {
949       // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression.
950       // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now.
951       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
952       return NameClassification::Unknown();
953     }
954 
955     QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class);
956     return ParsedType::make(T);
957   }
958 
959   // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument.
960   if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))
961     return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(
962         TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)));
963 
964   // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it
965   // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found.
966   bool NextIsOp = NextToken.is(tok::amp) || NextToken.is(tok::star);
967   if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) ||
968        (NextIsOp &&
969         FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) &&
970       isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
971     TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
972     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
973     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
974     if (SS.isNotEmpty())
975       return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
976     return ParsedType::make(T);
977   }
978 
979   if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember())
980     return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result,
981                                            nullptr);
982 
983   bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren));
984   return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL);
985 }
986 
987 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a
988 // context.  This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the
989 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser.
990 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) {
991 
992   // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've
993   // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is
994   // the context we'll need to return to.
995   // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated
996   // as an inline member function.  A Lambda can be used legally
997   // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument.  These
998   // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing
999   // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one);
1000   // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an
1001   // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or
1002   // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the
1003   // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class).
1004   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) {
1005     DC = DC->getLexicalParent();
1006 
1007     // A function not defined within a class will always return to its
1008     // lexical context.
1009     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
1010       return DC;
1011 
1012     // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class
1013     // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete");  the topmost
1014     // class is the context we need to return to.
1015     while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent()))
1016       DC = RD;
1017 
1018     // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is
1019     // declared in.
1020     return DC;
1021   }
1022 
1023   return DC->getLexicalParent();
1024 }
1025 
1026 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1027   assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext &&
1028       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
1029   CurContext = DC;
1030   S->setEntity(DC);
1031 }
1032 
1033 void Sema::PopDeclContext() {
1034   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
1035 
1036   CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext);
1037   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
1038 }
1039 
1040 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
1041 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
1042 ///
1043 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1044   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13:
1045   //   A name used in the definition of a static data member of class
1046   //   X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as
1047   //   if the name was used in a member function of X.
1048   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14:
1049   //   If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the
1050   //   scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of
1051   //   the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as
1052   //   if the definition of the variable member occurred in its
1053   //   namespace.
1054   // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context
1055   // is the semantic context of the declaration.  We can't use
1056   // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily
1057   // lexically contained in the current context.  Fortunately,
1058   // the containing scope should have the appropriate information.
1059 
1060   assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity");
1061 
1062 #ifndef NDEBUG
1063   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
1064   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
1065   assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch");
1066 #endif
1067 
1068   CurContext = DC;
1069   S->setEntity(DC);
1070 }
1071 
1072 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) {
1073   assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!");
1074 
1075   // Switch back to the lexical context.  The safety of this is
1076   // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext.
1077   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
1078   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
1079   CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity();
1080 
1081   // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to
1082   // disappear.
1083 }
1084 
1085 
1086 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) {
1087   // We assume that the caller has already called
1088   // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works.
1089   FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction();
1090   if (!FD)
1091     return;
1092 
1093   // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context
1094   // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class.
1095   assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() &&
1096     "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
1097   CurContext = FD;
1098   S->setEntity(CurContext);
1099 
1100   for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) {
1101     ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P);
1102     // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope
1103     if (Param->getIdentifier()) {
1104       S->AddDecl(Param);
1105       IdResolver.AddDecl(Param);
1106     }
1107   }
1108 }
1109 
1110 
1111 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() {
1112   // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent,
1113   // rather than the top-level class.
1114   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
1115   CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent();
1116   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
1117 }
1118 
1119 
1120 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function
1121 /// PrevDecl with another declaration.
1122 ///
1123 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not
1124 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return
1125 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an
1126 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an
1127 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable"
1128 /// attribute.
1129 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous,
1130                                        ASTContext &Context) {
1131   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
1132     return true;
1133 
1134   if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded)
1135     return true;
1136 
1137   return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found
1138           && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>());
1139 }
1140 
1141 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
1142 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) {
1143   // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing
1144   // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this
1145   // scope.
1146   while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())
1147     S = S->getParent();
1148 
1149   // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be
1150   // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted
1151   // into any context.
1152   if (AddToContext)
1153     CurContext->addDecl(D);
1154 
1155   // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they
1156   // are function-local declarations.
1157   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() &&
1158       !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
1159         D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) &&
1160       !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1161     return;
1162 
1163   // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope.
1164   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) &&
1165       cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
1166     return;
1167 
1168   // If this replaces anything in the current scope,
1169   IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()),
1170                                IEnd = IdResolver.end();
1171   for (; I != IEnd; ++I) {
1172     if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) {
1173       S->RemoveDecl(*I);
1174       IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I);
1175 
1176       // Should only need to replace one decl.
1177       break;
1178     }
1179   }
1180 
1181   S->AddDecl(D);
1182 
1183   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) {
1184     // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that
1185     // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert
1186     // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain.
1187     for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) {
1188       DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
1189       if (IDC == CurContext) {
1190         if (!S->isDeclScope(*I))
1191           continue;
1192       } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext))
1193         break;
1194     }
1195 
1196     IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D);
1197   } else {
1198     IdResolver.AddDecl(D);
1199   }
1200 }
1201 
1202 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) {
1203   if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope)
1204     TUScope->AddDecl(D);
1205 }
1206 
1207 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1208                          bool AllowInlineNamespace) {
1209   return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace);
1210 }
1211 
1212 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1213   DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
1214   do {
1215     if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity())
1216       if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC)
1217         return S;
1218   } while ((S = S->getParent()));
1219 
1220   return nullptr;
1221 }
1222 
1223 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *,
1224                                             DeclContext*,
1225                                             ASTContext&);
1226 
1227 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope
1228 /// as determined by isDeclInScope.
1229 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1230                                 bool ConsiderLinkage,
1231                                 bool AllowInlineNamespace) {
1232   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1233   while (F.hasNext()) {
1234     NamedDecl *D = F.next();
1235 
1236     if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace))
1237       continue;
1238 
1239     if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context))
1240       continue;
1241 
1242     F.erase();
1243   }
1244 
1245   F.done();
1246 }
1247 
1248 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) {
1249   return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) ||
1250          isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) ||
1251          isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D);
1252 }
1253 
1254 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results.
1255 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) {
1256   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1257   while (F.hasNext())
1258     if (isUsingDecl(F.next()))
1259       F.erase();
1260 
1261   F.done();
1262 }
1263 
1264 /// \brief Check for this common pattern:
1265 /// @code
1266 /// class S {
1267 ///   S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1268 ///   void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1269 /// };
1270 /// @endcode
1271 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) {
1272   // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get
1273   // the decl here.
1274   if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody())
1275     return false;
1276 
1277   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D))
1278     return CD->isCopyConstructor();
1279   if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
1280     return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator();
1281   return false;
1282 }
1283 
1284 // We need this to handle
1285 //
1286 // typedef struct {
1287 //   void *foo() { return 0; }
1288 // } A;
1289 //
1290 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A'
1291 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A',
1292 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end
1293 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage.
1294 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or
1295 // not.
1296 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1297   const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext();
1298   while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) {
1299     if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){
1300       if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage())
1301         return true;
1302     }
1303     DC = DC->getParent();
1304   }
1305 
1306   return !D->isExternallyVisible();
1307 }
1308 
1309 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want
1310 // these semantics.
1311 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) {
1312   if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete)
1313     return false;
1314   return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc);
1315 }
1316 
1317 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const {
1318   assert(D);
1319 
1320   if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1321     return false;
1322 
1323   // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions
1324   // of members of class templates.
1325   if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() ||
1326       D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext())
1327     return false;
1328 
1329   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1330     if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1331       return false;
1332 
1333     if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
1334       if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD))
1335         return false;
1336     } else {
1337       // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn.
1338       if (FD->isInlined() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation()))
1339         return false;
1340     }
1341 
1342     if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() &&
1343         Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD))
1344       return false;
1345   } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1346     // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal
1347     // linkage; don't warn.  (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker
1348     // like "inline".)
1349     if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation()))
1350       return false;
1351 
1352     if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD))
1353       return false;
1354 
1355     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() &&
1356         VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1357       return false;
1358   } else {
1359     return false;
1360   }
1361 
1362   // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit.
1363   // FIXME: This seems like a bogus check; it suppresses -Wunused-function
1364   // for inline functions defined in the main source file, for instance.
1365   return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D);
1366 }
1367 
1368 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1369   if (!D)
1370     return;
1371 
1372   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1373     const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl();
1374     if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1375       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1376   }
1377 
1378   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1379     const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl();
1380     if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1381       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1382   }
1383 
1384   if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D))
1385     UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D);
1386 }
1387 
1388 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1389   if (D->isInvalidDecl())
1390     return false;
1391 
1392   if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() ||
1393       D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>())
1394     return false;
1395 
1396   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1397     return true;
1398 
1399   // White-list anything that isn't a local variable.
1400   if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) ||
1401       !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1402     return false;
1403 
1404   // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed.
1405   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1406 
1407     // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type.
1408     QualType Ty = VD->getType();
1409 
1410     // Only look at the outermost level of typedef.
1411     if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) {
1412       if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1413         return false;
1414     }
1415 
1416     // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is
1417     // dependent, don't diagnose the variable.
1418     if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType())
1419       return false;
1420 
1421     if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) {
1422       const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
1423       if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1424         return false;
1425 
1426       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) {
1427         if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>())
1428           return false;
1429 
1430         if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) {
1431           if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups =
1432                   dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init))
1433             Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr();
1434           const CXXConstructExpr *Construct =
1435             dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init);
1436           if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) {
1437             CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor();
1438             if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>())
1439               return false;
1440           }
1441         }
1442       }
1443     }
1444 
1445     // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates?
1446   }
1447 
1448   return true;
1449 }
1450 
1451 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx,
1452                                      FixItHint &Hint) {
1453   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) {
1454     SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(),
1455                 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true);
1456     if (AfterColon.isInvalid())
1457       return;
1458     Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange::
1459                                     getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon));
1460   }
1461   return;
1462 }
1463 
1464 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used
1465 /// unless they are marked attr(unused).
1466 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1467   if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D))
1468     return;
1469 
1470   FixItHint Hint;
1471   GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint);
1472 
1473   unsigned DiagID;
1474   if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable())
1475     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param;
1476   else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1477     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label;
1478   else
1479     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable;
1480 
1481   Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint;
1482 }
1483 
1484 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) {
1485   // Verify that we have no forward references left.  If so, there was a goto
1486   // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it.  Label fwd
1487   // definitions are indicated with a null substmt.
1488   if (L->getStmt() == nullptr)
1489     S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName();
1490 }
1491 
1492 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) {
1493   S->mergeNRVOIntoParent();
1494 
1495   if (S->decl_empty()) return;
1496   assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) &&
1497          "Scope shouldn't contain decls!");
1498 
1499   for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) {
1500     assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??");
1501 
1502     assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?");
1503     NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD);
1504 
1505     if (!D->getDeclName()) continue;
1506 
1507     // Diagnose unused variables in this scope.
1508     if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred())
1509       DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D);
1510 
1511     // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined.
1512     if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D))
1513       CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this);
1514 
1515     // Remove this name from our lexical scope.
1516     IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D);
1517   }
1518 }
1519 
1520 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit.
1521 ///
1522 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If
1523 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated
1524 /// to the fixed name.
1525 ///
1526 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit.
1527 ///
1528 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction
1529 /// if there is no class with the given name.
1530 ///
1531 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the
1532 /// class could not be found.
1533 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
1534                                               SourceLocation IdLoc,
1535                                               bool DoTypoCorrection) {
1536   // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in
1537   // creation from this context.
1538   NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1539 
1540   if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) {
1541     // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we
1542     // find an Objective-C class name.
1543     DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl> Validator;
1544     if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc),
1545                                        LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, nullptr,
1546                                        Validator, CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
1547       diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id);
1548       IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>();
1549       Id = IDecl->getIdentifier();
1550     }
1551   }
1552   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl);
1553   // This routine must always return a class definition, if any.
1554   if (Def && Def->getDefinition())
1555       Def = Def->getDefinition();
1556   return Def;
1557 }
1558 
1559 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting
1560 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes
1561 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and
1562 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but
1563 /// ill-formed in C++:
1564 /// @code
1565 /// struct S6 {
1566 ///   enum { BAR } e;
1567 /// };
1568 ///
1569 /// void test_S6() {
1570 ///   struct S6 a;
1571 ///   a.e = BAR;
1572 /// }
1573 /// @endcode
1574 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different
1575 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration
1576 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated
1577 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent
1578 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this
1579 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the
1580 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot
1581 /// contain non-field names.
1582 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) {
1583   while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
1584          (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) ||
1585          (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus))
1586     S = S->getParent();
1587   return S;
1588 }
1589 
1590 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and
1591 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of
1592 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such
1593 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place.
1594 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S,
1595                                         IdentifierInfo *II) {
1596   if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper"))
1597     return;
1598   ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context;
1599 
1600   LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"),
1601                       SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName);
1602   ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S);
1603   if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
1604     if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>())
1605       Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD));
1606 }
1607 
1608 static StringRef getHeaderName(ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error) {
1609   switch (Error) {
1610   case ASTContext::GE_None:
1611     return "";
1612   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio:
1613     return "stdio.h";
1614   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp:
1615     return "setjmp.h";
1616   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext:
1617     return "ucontext.h";
1618   }
1619   llvm_unreachable("unhandled error kind");
1620 }
1621 
1622 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at
1623 /// file scope.  lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true
1624 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the
1625 /// built-in.
1626 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid,
1627                                      Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
1628                                      SourceLocation Loc) {
1629   LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II);
1630 
1631   Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid;
1632 
1633   ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
1634   QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error);
1635   if (Error) {
1636     if (ForRedeclaration)
1637       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_sysheader)
1638           << getHeaderName(Error)
1639           << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1640     return nullptr;
1641   }
1642 
1643   if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) {
1644     Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl)
1645       << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID)
1646       << R;
1647     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) &&
1648         !Diags.isIgnored(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc))
1649       Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare)
1650           << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID)
1651           << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1652   }
1653 
1654   DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
1655   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
1656     LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl =
1657         LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc,
1658                                 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false);
1659     CLinkageDecl->setImplicit();
1660     Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl);
1661     Parent = CLinkageDecl;
1662   }
1663 
1664   FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context,
1665                                            Parent,
1666                                            Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
1667                                            SC_Extern,
1668                                            false,
1669                                            /*hasPrototype=*/true);
1670   New->setImplicit();
1671 
1672   // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the
1673   // FunctionDecl.
1674   if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) {
1675     SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
1676     for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) {
1677       ParmVarDecl *parm =
1678           ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
1679                               nullptr, FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
1680                               SC_None, nullptr);
1681       parm->setScopeInfo(0, i);
1682       Params.push_back(parm);
1683     }
1684     New->setParams(Params);
1685   }
1686 
1687   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New);
1688   RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S);
1689 
1690   // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into.
1691   // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to
1692   // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext
1693   // entirely, but we're not there yet.
1694   DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext;
1695   CurContext = Parent;
1696   PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope);
1697   CurContext = SavedContext;
1698   return New;
1699 }
1700 
1701 /// \brief Filter out any previous declarations that the given declaration
1702 /// should not consider because they are not permitted to conflict, e.g.,
1703 /// because they come from hidden sub-modules and do not refer to the same
1704 /// entity.
1705 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(ASTContext &context,
1706                                               NamedDecl *decl,
1707                                               LookupResult &previous){
1708   // This is only interesting when modules are enabled.
1709   if (!context.getLangOpts().Modules)
1710     return;
1711 
1712   // Empty sets are uninteresting.
1713   if (previous.empty())
1714     return;
1715 
1716   LookupResult::Filter filter = previous.makeFilter();
1717   while (filter.hasNext()) {
1718     NamedDecl *old = filter.next();
1719 
1720     // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored.
1721     if (!old->isHidden())
1722       continue;
1723 
1724     if (!old->isExternallyVisible())
1725       filter.erase();
1726   }
1727 
1728   filter.done();
1729 }
1730 
1731 /// Typedef declarations don't have linkage, but they still denote the same
1732 /// entity if their types are the same.
1733 /// FIXME: This is notionally doing the same thing as ASTReaderDecl's
1734 /// isSameEntity.
1735 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(ASTContext &Context,
1736                                                      TypedefNameDecl *Decl,
1737                                                      LookupResult &Previous) {
1738   // This is only interesting when modules are enabled.
1739   if (!Context.getLangOpts().Modules)
1740     return;
1741 
1742   // Empty sets are uninteresting.
1743   if (Previous.empty())
1744     return;
1745 
1746   LookupResult::Filter Filter = Previous.makeFilter();
1747   while (Filter.hasNext()) {
1748     NamedDecl *Old = Filter.next();
1749 
1750     // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored.
1751     if (!Old->isHidden())
1752       continue;
1753 
1754     // Declarations of the same entity are not ignored, even if they have
1755     // different linkages.
1756     if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1757       if (Context.hasSameType(OldTD->getUnderlyingType(),
1758                               Decl->getUnderlyingType()))
1759         continue;
1760 
1761     if (!Old->isExternallyVisible())
1762       Filter.erase();
1763   }
1764 
1765   Filter.done();
1766 }
1767 
1768 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) {
1769   QualType OldType;
1770   if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1771     OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType();
1772   else
1773     OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old);
1774   QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType();
1775 
1776   if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
1777     // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type.
1778     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1779     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef)
1780       << Kind << NewType;
1781     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1782       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1783     New->setInvalidDecl();
1784     return true;
1785   }
1786 
1787   if (OldType != NewType &&
1788       !OldType->isDependentType() &&
1789       !NewType->isDependentType() &&
1790       !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) {
1791     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1792     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef)
1793       << Kind << NewType << OldType;
1794     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1795       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1796     New->setInvalidDecl();
1797     return true;
1798   }
1799   return false;
1800 }
1801 
1802 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the
1803 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out
1804 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting
1805 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid.
1806 ///
1807 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) {
1808   // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any
1809   // merging checks.
1810   if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return;
1811 
1812   // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs.
1813   // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent!
1814   if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) {
1815     const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier();
1816     switch (TypeID->getLength()) {
1817     default: break;
1818     case 2:
1819       {
1820         if (!TypeID->isStr("id"))
1821           break;
1822         QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType();
1823         if (!T->isPointerType())
1824           break;
1825         if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) {
1826           QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
1827           if (!PT->isStructureType())
1828             break;
1829         }
1830         Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T);
1831         // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition.
1832         New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr());
1833         return;
1834       }
1835     case 5:
1836       if (!TypeID->isStr("Class"))
1837         break;
1838       Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1839       // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition.
1840       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr());
1841       return;
1842     case 3:
1843       if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL"))
1844         break;
1845       Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1846       // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition.
1847       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr());
1848       return;
1849     }
1850     // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type.
1851   }
1852 
1853   // Verify the old decl was also a type.
1854   TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
1855   if (!Old) {
1856     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
1857       << New->getDeclName();
1858 
1859     NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl();
1860     if (OldD->getLocation().isValid())
1861       Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1862 
1863     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1864   }
1865 
1866   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
1867   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
1868     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1869 
1870   // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and
1871   // with any extensions enabled.
1872   if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New))
1873     return;
1874 
1875   // The types match.  Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if
1876   // the old declaration was a typedef.
1877   if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) {
1878     New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef);
1879     mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
1880   }
1881 
1882   if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
1883     return;
1884 
1885   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
1886     // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2:
1887     //   In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to
1888     //   redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer
1889     //   to the type to which it already refers.
1890     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext))
1891       return;
1892 
1893     // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4:
1894     //   In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine
1895     //   any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name
1896     //   to refer to the type to which it already refers.
1897     //
1898     // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the
1899     // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like:
1900     //
1901     //   struct S {
1902     //     typedef struct A { } A;
1903     //   };
1904     //
1905     // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which
1906     // allow the above but disallow
1907     //
1908     //   struct S {
1909     //     typedef int I;
1910     //     typedef int I;
1911     //   };
1912     //
1913     // since that was the intent of DR56.
1914     if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1915       return;
1916 
1917     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
1918       << New->getDeclName();
1919     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1920     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1921   }
1922 
1923   // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11.
1924   if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11)
1925     return;
1926 
1927   // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning.  This warning
1928   // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with
1929   // -Wtypedef-redefinition.  If either the original or the redefinition is
1930   // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC.
1931   if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() &&
1932       (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) ||
1933        Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation())))
1934     return;
1935 
1936   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_redefinition_of_typedef)
1937     << New->getDeclName();
1938   Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1939   return;
1940 }
1941 
1942 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target
1943 /// attribute.
1944 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) {
1945   const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A);
1946   const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A);
1947   for (const auto *i : D->attrs())
1948     if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) {
1949       if (Ann) {
1950         if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation())
1951           return true;
1952         continue;
1953       }
1954       // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check
1955       if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i))
1956         return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind();
1957       return true;
1958     }
1959 
1960   return false;
1961 }
1962 
1963 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) {
1964   if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
1965     return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition();
1966   if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
1967     return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined();
1968   return true;
1969 }
1970 
1971 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the
1972 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute.
1973 ///
1974 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New.
1975 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) {
1976   // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute
1977   // specifies the strictest alignment requirement.
1978   AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = nullptr;
1979   AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = nullptr;
1980   unsigned OldAlign = 0;
1981   for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) {
1982     // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments
1983     // in a case like:
1984     //   template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X;
1985     //   template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {};
1986     // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the
1987     // definition in such a case.
1988     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
1989       return false;
1990 
1991     if (I->isAlignas())
1992       OldAlignasAttr = I;
1993 
1994     unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context);
1995     if (Align > OldAlign) {
1996       OldAlign = Align;
1997       OldStrictestAlignAttr = I;
1998     }
1999   }
2000 
2001   // Look for alignas attributes on New.
2002   AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = nullptr;
2003   unsigned NewAlign = 0;
2004   for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) {
2005     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
2006       return false;
2007 
2008     if (I->isAlignas())
2009       NewAlignasAttr = I;
2010 
2011     unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context);
2012     if (Align > NewAlign)
2013       NewAlign = Align;
2014   }
2015 
2016   if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) {
2017     // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match.
2018     // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but
2019     // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match
2020     // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.)
2021 
2022     // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it
2023     // specifies the natural alignment for the type.
2024     if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) {
2025       QualType Ty;
2026       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New))
2027         Ty = VD->getType();
2028       else
2029         Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New));
2030 
2031       if (OldAlign == 0)
2032         OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty);
2033       if (NewAlign == 0)
2034         NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty);
2035     }
2036 
2037     if (OldAlign != NewAlign) {
2038       S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch)
2039         << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity()
2040         << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity();
2041       S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2042     }
2043   }
2044 
2045   if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) {
2046     // C++11 [dcl.align]p6:
2047     //   if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier,
2048     //   every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an
2049     //   equivalent alignment.
2050     // C11 6.7.5/7:
2051     //   If the definition of an object does not have an alignment
2052     //   specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also
2053     //   have no alignment specifier.
2054     S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition)
2055       << OldAlignasAttr;
2056     S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration)
2057       << OldAlignasAttr;
2058   }
2059 
2060   bool AnyAdded = false;
2061 
2062   // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment.
2063   if (OldAlign > NewAlign) {
2064     AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context);
2065     Clone->setInherited(true);
2066     New->addAttr(Clone);
2067     AnyAdded = true;
2068   }
2069 
2070   // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one.
2071   if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr &&
2072       !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) {
2073     AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context);
2074     Clone->setInherited(true);
2075     New->addAttr(Clone);
2076     AnyAdded = true;
2077   }
2078 
2079   return AnyAdded;
2080 }
2081 
2082 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D,
2083                                const InheritableAttr *Attr, bool Override) {
2084   InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr;
2085   unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex();
2086   if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr))
2087     NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(),
2088                                       AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(),
2089                                       AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(),
2090                                       AA->getMessage(), Override,
2091                                       AttrSpellingListIndex);
2092   else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr))
2093     NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(),
2094                                     AttrSpellingListIndex);
2095   else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr))
2096     NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(),
2097                                         AttrSpellingListIndex);
2098   else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr))
2099     NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(),
2100                                    AttrSpellingListIndex);
2101   else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr))
2102     NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(),
2103                                    AttrSpellingListIndex);
2104   else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr))
2105     NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(),
2106                                 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(),
2107                                 AttrSpellingListIndex);
2108   else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr))
2109     NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(),
2110                                  AttrSpellingListIndex);
2111   else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr))
2112     NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(),
2113                                        AttrSpellingListIndex,
2114                                        IA->getSemanticSpelling());
2115   else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr))
2116     // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all
2117     // such attributes on a declaration at the same time.
2118     NewAttr = nullptr;
2119   else if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(Attr) && Override)
2120     NewAttr = nullptr;
2121   else if (Attr->duplicatesAllowed() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr))
2122     NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context));
2123 
2124   if (NewAttr) {
2125     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
2126     D->addAttr(NewAttr);
2127     return true;
2128   }
2129 
2130   return false;
2131 }
2132 
2133 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) {
2134   if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
2135     return TD->getDefinition();
2136   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
2137     const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition();
2138     if (Def)
2139       return Def;
2140     return VD->getActingDefinition();
2141   }
2142   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
2143     const FunctionDecl* Def;
2144     if (FD->isDefined(Def))
2145       return Def;
2146   }
2147   return nullptr;
2148 }
2149 
2150 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) {
2151   for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs())
2152     if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind)
2153       return true;
2154   return false;
2155 }
2156 
2157 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that
2158 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration.
2159 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) {
2160   if (!New->hasAttrs())
2161     return;
2162 
2163   const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old);
2164   if (!Def || Def == New)
2165     return;
2166 
2167   AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs();
2168   for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) {
2169     const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I];
2170 
2171     if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2172       if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New))
2173         S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def));
2174       else {
2175         VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New);
2176         unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() ==
2177                                 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition
2178                             ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative
2179                             : diag::err_redefinition;
2180         S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName();
2181         S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2182         VD->setInvalidDecl();
2183       }
2184       ++I;
2185       continue;
2186     }
2187 
2188     if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) {
2189       // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above.
2190       if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) {
2191         ++I;
2192         continue;
2193       }
2194     }
2195 
2196     if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) {
2197       ++I;
2198       continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this.
2199     }
2200 
2201     if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2202       // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined.
2203       ++I;
2204       continue;
2205     } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2206       if (AA->isAlignas()) {
2207         // C++11 [dcl.align]p6:
2208         //   if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier,
2209         //   every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an
2210         //   equivalent alignment.
2211         // C11 6.7.5/7:
2212         //   If the definition of an object does not have an alignment
2213         //   specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also
2214         //   have no alignment specifier.
2215         S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition)
2216           << AA;
2217         S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration)
2218           << AA;
2219         NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2220         --E;
2221         continue;
2222       }
2223     }
2224 
2225     S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(),
2226            diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition);
2227     S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2228     NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2229     --E;
2230   }
2231 }
2232 
2233 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one.
2234 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old,
2235                                AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) {
2236   if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) {
2237     UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context);
2238     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
2239     New->addAttr(NewAttr);
2240   }
2241 
2242   if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs())
2243     return;
2244 
2245   // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored
2246   checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old);
2247 
2248   if (!Old->hasAttrs())
2249     return;
2250 
2251   bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs();
2252 
2253   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before
2254   // we process them.
2255   if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec());
2256 
2257   for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) {
2258     bool Override = false;
2259     // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested.
2260     if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) ||
2261         isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) ||
2262         isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) {
2263       switch (AMK) {
2264       case AMK_None:
2265         continue;
2266 
2267       case AMK_Redeclaration:
2268         break;
2269 
2270       case AMK_Override:
2271         Override = true;
2272         break;
2273       }
2274     }
2275 
2276     // Already handled.
2277     if (isa<UsedAttr>(I))
2278       continue;
2279 
2280     if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, Override))
2281       foundAny = true;
2282   }
2283 
2284   if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old))
2285     foundAny = true;
2286 
2287   if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs();
2288 }
2289 
2290 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter
2291 /// to the new one.
2292 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl,
2293                                      const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl,
2294                                      Sema &S) {
2295   // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2:
2296   //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the
2297   //   carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration
2298   //   of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute.
2299   const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>();
2300   if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) {
2301     S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(),
2302            diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/;
2303     // Find the first declaration of the parameter.
2304     // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters?
2305     const FunctionDecl *FirstFD =
2306       cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl();
2307     const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD =
2308       FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex());
2309     S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(),
2310            diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/;
2311   }
2312 
2313   if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs())
2314     return;
2315 
2316   bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs();
2317 
2318   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is
2319   // done before we process them.
2320   if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec());
2321 
2322   for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) {
2323     if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) {
2324       InheritableAttr *newAttr =
2325         cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context));
2326       newAttr->setInherited(true);
2327       newDecl->addAttr(newAttr);
2328       foundAny = true;
2329     }
2330   }
2331 
2332   if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs();
2333 }
2334 
2335 namespace {
2336 
2337 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in
2338 /// C.
2339 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning {
2340   ParmVarDecl *OldParm;
2341   ParmVarDecl *NewParm;
2342   QualType PromotedType;
2343 };
2344 
2345 }
2346 
2347 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method.
2348 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
2349   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) {
2350     if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor())
2351       return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor;
2352 
2353     if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor())
2354       return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor;
2355 
2356     if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor())
2357       return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor;
2358   } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) {
2359     return Sema::CXXDestructor;
2360   } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) {
2361     return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment;
2362   } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) {
2363     return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment;
2364   }
2365 
2366   return Sema::CXXInvalid;
2367 }
2368 
2369 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, implicit
2370 // declaration, or a declaration.
2371 template <typename T>
2372 static std::pair<diag::kind, SourceLocation>
2373 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(const T *Old, const T *New) {
2374   diag::kind PrevDiag;
2375   SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation();
2376   if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
2377     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition;
2378   else if (Old->isImplicit()) {
2379     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration;
2380     if (OldLocation.isInvalid())
2381       OldLocation = New->getLocation();
2382   } else
2383     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration;
2384   return std::make_pair(PrevDiag, OldLocation);
2385 }
2386 
2387 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently,
2388 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in
2389 /// GNU89 mode.
2390 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD,
2391                                 const LangOptions& LangOpts) {
2392   return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) &&
2393           !LangOpts.CPlusPlus &&
2394           FD->isInlineSpecified() &&
2395           FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern);
2396 }
2397 
2398 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const {
2399   const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>();
2400   while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv())
2401     AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>();
2402   return AT;
2403 }
2404 
2405 template <typename T>
2406 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) {
2407   const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext();
2408   if (DC->isRecord())
2409     return false;
2410 
2411   LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage();
2412   if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext())
2413     return true;
2414   if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext())
2415     return true;
2416   return false;
2417 }
2418 
2419 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from
2420 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous
2421 /// declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this situation,
2422 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
2423 ///
2424 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not
2425 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are
2426 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be
2427 /// merged with.
2428 ///
2429 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise.
2430 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD,
2431                              Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
2432   // Verify the old decl was also a function.
2433   FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction();
2434   if (!Old) {
2435     if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) {
2436       if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) {
2437         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend);
2438         Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
2439              diag::note_using_decl_target);
2440         Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(),
2441              diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
2442         return true;
2443       }
2444 
2445       // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14:
2446       //   If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the
2447       //   same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced
2448       //   by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same
2449       //   function, the program is ill-formed.
2450 
2451       // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function.
2452       Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl());
2453       if (Old &&
2454           !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
2455               New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) &&
2456           !(Old->isExternC() && New->isExternC()))
2457         Old = nullptr;
2458 
2459       if (!Old) {
2460         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse);
2461         Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
2462              diag::note_using_decl_target);
2463         Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
2464         return true;
2465       }
2466       OldD = Old;
2467     } else {
2468       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
2469         << New->getDeclName();
2470       Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2471       return true;
2472     }
2473   }
2474 
2475   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
2476   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
2477     return true;
2478 
2479   diag::kind PrevDiag;
2480   SourceLocation OldLocation;
2481   std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) =
2482       getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New);
2483 
2484   // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function
2485   // is an extern inline function.
2486   // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have
2487   // storage classes.
2488   if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) &&
2489       New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
2490       Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() &&
2491       !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() &&
2492       !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) {
2493     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
2494       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) << New;
2495       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2496     } else {
2497       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New;
2498       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2499       return true;
2500     }
2501   }
2502 
2503 
2504   // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later
2505   // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling
2506   // convention of the first.
2507   //
2508   // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention,
2509   // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention.
2510   //
2511   // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for
2512   // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written.  If they are missing or
2513   // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit.
2514   //
2515   // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have
2516   // other tests to run.
2517   QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType());
2518   QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
2519   const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType);
2520   const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType);
2521   FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo();
2522   FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo();
2523   bool RequiresAdjustment = false;
2524 
2525   if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) {
2526     FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl();
2527     const FunctionType *FT =
2528         First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>();
2529     FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo();
2530     bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType());
2531     if (!NewCCExplicit) {
2532       // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified
2533       // there but not here.
2534       NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC());
2535       RequiresAdjustment = true;
2536     } else {
2537       // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain.
2538       bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType());
2539       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change)
2540         << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC())
2541         << !FirstCCExplicit
2542         << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" :
2543             FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC()));
2544 
2545       // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters.
2546       Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2547       return true;
2548     }
2549   }
2550 
2551   // FIXME: diagnose the other way around?
2552   if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
2553     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true);
2554     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2555   }
2556 
2557   // Merge regparm attribute.
2558   if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() ||
2559       OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) {
2560     if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) {
2561       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch)
2562         << NewType->getRegParmType()
2563         << OldType->getRegParmType();
2564       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration);
2565       return true;
2566     }
2567 
2568     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm());
2569     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2570   }
2571 
2572   // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute.
2573   if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
2574     if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
2575       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch);
2576       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration);
2577       return true;
2578     }
2579 
2580     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true);
2581     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2582   }
2583 
2584   if (RequiresAdjustment) {
2585     const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
2586     AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo);
2587     New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0));
2588     NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
2589     NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType);
2590   }
2591 
2592   // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to
2593   // UndefinedButUsed.
2594   if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() &&
2595       !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() &&
2596       (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !getLangOpts().GNUInline) &&
2597       Old->isUsed(false) &&
2598       !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
2599     UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(),
2600                                            SourceLocation()));
2601 
2602   // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn
2603   // about it.
2604   if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() &&
2605       Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) {
2606     UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl());
2607   }
2608 
2609   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2610     // (C++98 13.1p2):
2611     //   Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded:
2612     //     -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type
2613     //        cannot be overloaded.
2614 
2615     // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types,
2616     // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13:
2617     //   Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template
2618     //   with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also
2619     //   use that placeholder, not a deduced type.
2620     QualType OldDeclaredReturnType =
2621         (Old->getTypeSourceInfo()
2622              ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()
2623              : OldType)->getReturnType();
2624     QualType NewDeclaredReturnType =
2625         (New->getTypeSourceInfo()
2626              ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()
2627              : NewType)->getReturnType();
2628     QualType ResQT;
2629     if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) &&
2630         !((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) &&
2631           New->isLocalExternDecl())) {
2632       if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
2633           OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2634         ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType);
2635       if (ResQT.isNull()) {
2636         if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine())
2637           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type)
2638               << New << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
2639         else
2640           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type)
2641               << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
2642         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType()
2643                                     << Old->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
2644         return true;
2645       }
2646       else
2647         NewQType = ResQT;
2648     }
2649 
2650     QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType();
2651     QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType();
2652     if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) {
2653       // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been
2654       // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration.
2655       AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType();
2656       if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) {
2657         New->setType(
2658             SubstAutoType(New->getType(),
2659                           OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy
2660                                                    : OldAT->getDeducedType()));
2661         NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(
2662             SubstAutoType(NewQType,
2663                           OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy
2664                                                    : OldAT->getDeducedType()));
2665       }
2666     }
2667 
2668     const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old);
2669     CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New);
2670     if (OldMethod && NewMethod) {
2671       // Preserve triviality.
2672       NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial());
2673 
2674       // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope:
2675       // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected.
2676       // We don't want a redeclaration error.
2677       bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization =
2678                               OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
2679                               NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization();
2680       bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind();
2681 
2682       if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
2683           !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
2684         //    -- Member function declarations with the same name and the
2685         //       same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them
2686         //       is a static member function declaration.
2687         if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) {
2688           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member);
2689           Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2690           return true;
2691         }
2692 
2693         // C++ [class.mem]p1:
2694         //   [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the
2695         //   member-specification, except that a nested class or member
2696         //   class template can be declared and then later defined.
2697         if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
2698           unsigned NewDiag;
2699           if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod))
2700             NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared;
2701           else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod))
2702             NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared;
2703           else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod))
2704             NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared;
2705           else
2706             NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared;
2707 
2708           Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag);
2709         } else {
2710           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation)
2711             << New << New->getType();
2712         }
2713         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2714 
2715       // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special
2716       // member that was initially declared implicitly.
2717       //
2718       // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order
2719       // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls.
2720       } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) {
2721         if (isFriend) {
2722           NewMethod->setImplicit();
2723         } else {
2724           Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
2725                diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member)
2726             << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
2727           return true;
2728         }
2729       } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) {
2730         Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
2731              diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member)
2732           << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
2733         return true;
2734       }
2735     }
2736 
2737     // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1:
2738     //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn
2739     //   attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn
2740     //   attribute.
2741     const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>();
2742     if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) {
2743       Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl);
2744       Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(),
2745            diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl);
2746     }
2747 
2748     // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2:
2749     //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the
2750     //   carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration
2751     //   of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute.
2752     const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>();
2753     if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) {
2754       Diag(CDA->getLocation(),
2755            diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/;
2756       Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(),
2757            diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/;
2758     }
2759 
2760     // (C++98 8.3.5p3):
2761     //   All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the
2762     //   return type and the parameter-type-list.
2763     // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn.
2764 
2765     // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it.
2766     QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType;
2767     if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
2768       assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0));
2769       const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison
2770         = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true));
2771       OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0);
2772       assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical());
2773     }
2774 
2775     if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) {
2776       // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous
2777       // declarations of a friend function as an extension.
2778       //
2779       // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC
2780       // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language
2781       // linkage within class scope.
2782       //
2783       // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete.
2784       if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) {
2785         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New;
2786         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2787       } else {
2788         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
2789         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2790         return true;
2791       }
2792     }
2793 
2794     if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType)
2795       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
2796 
2797     if ((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) &&
2798         New->isLocalExternDecl()) {
2799       // It's OK if we couldn't merge types for a local function declaraton
2800       // if either the old or new type is dependent. We'll merge the types
2801       // when we instantiate the function.
2802       return false;
2803     }
2804 
2805     // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions.
2806   }
2807 
2808   // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles
2809   // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly.
2810   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2811       Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) {
2812     const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
2813     const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
2814     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = nullptr;
2815     if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) &&
2816         (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) {
2817       // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the
2818       // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype.
2819       assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C");
2820       SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types());
2821       NewQType =
2822           Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes,
2823                                   OldProto->getExtProtoInfo());
2824       New->setType(NewQType);
2825       New->setHasInheritedPrototype();
2826 
2827       // Synthesize parameters with the same types.
2828       SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
2829       for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) {
2830         ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(),
2831                                                  SourceLocation(), nullptr,
2832                                                  ParamType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
2833                                                  SC_None, nullptr);
2834         Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
2835         Param->setImplicit();
2836         Params.push_back(Param);
2837       }
2838 
2839       New->setParams(Params);
2840     }
2841 
2842     return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
2843   }
2844 
2845   // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration
2846   // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition
2847   // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the
2848   // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ
2849   // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from
2850   // the prototype.
2851   //
2852   // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition,
2853   // the K&R definition becomes variadic.  This is sort of an edge case, but
2854   // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and
2855   // C99 6.9.1p8.
2856   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2857       Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() &&
2858       New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() &&
2859       Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) {
2860     SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes;
2861     SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings;
2862     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto
2863       = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
2864     const FunctionProtoType *NewProto
2865       = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
2866 
2867     // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension.
2868     QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(),
2869                                                NewProto->getReturnType());
2870     bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull();
2871     for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams();
2872          LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) {
2873       ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx);
2874       ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx);
2875       if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
2876                                      NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) {
2877         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
2878       } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
2879                                             NewParm->getType(),
2880                                             /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) {
2881         GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm,
2882                                            NewProto->getParamType(Idx) };
2883         Warnings.push_back(Warn);
2884         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
2885       } else
2886         LooseCompatible = false;
2887     }
2888 
2889     if (LooseCompatible) {
2890       for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) {
2891         Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(),
2892              diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype)
2893           << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType
2894           << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType();
2895         if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid())
2896           Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(),
2897                diag::note_previous_declaration);
2898       }
2899 
2900       if (MergeTypeWithOld)
2901         New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes,
2902                                              OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()));
2903       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
2904     }
2905 
2906     // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types.
2907   }
2908 
2909   // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or
2910   // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic.
2911 
2912   // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin
2913   // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note.
2914   unsigned BuiltinID;
2915   if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) {
2916     // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc'
2917     // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration.
2918     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) {
2919       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New;
2920       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration)
2921         << Old << Old->getType();
2922 
2923       // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter
2924       // about the "builtin-ness" of the function.
2925       //
2926       // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic.  If
2927       // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid
2928       // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't
2929       // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is
2930       // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code.
2931       if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
2932         New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin);
2933 
2934       return false;
2935     }
2936 
2937     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration;
2938   }
2939 
2940   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName();
2941   Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2942   return true;
2943 }
2944 
2945 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are
2946 /// known to be compatible.
2947 ///
2948 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other
2949 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to
2950 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a
2951 /// redeclaration of Old.
2952 ///
2953 /// \returns false
2954 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
2955                                         Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
2956   // Merge the attributes
2957   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
2958 
2959   // Merge "pure" flag.
2960   if (Old->isPure())
2961     New->setPure();
2962 
2963   // Merge "used" flag.
2964   if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false))
2965     New->setIsUsed();
2966 
2967   // Merge attributes from the parameters.  These can mismatch with K&R
2968   // declarations.
2969   if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams())
2970     for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i)
2971       mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i),
2972                                *this);
2973 
2974   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
2975     return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S);
2976 
2977   // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return
2978   // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl
2979   // was visible.
2980   QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType());
2981   if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld)
2982     New->setType(Merged);
2983 
2984   return false;
2985 }
2986 
2987 
2988 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod,
2989                                 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) {
2990 
2991   // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable
2992   AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind =
2993     isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration
2994                                                    : AMK_Override;
2995   mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind);
2996 
2997   // Merge attributes from the parameters.
2998   ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(),
2999                                        oe = oldMethod->param_end();
3000   for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator
3001          ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end();
3002        ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi)
3003     mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this);
3004 
3005   CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod);
3006 }
3007 
3008 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and
3009 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to merge their types,
3010 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
3011 ///
3012 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back
3013 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer
3014 /// is attached.
3015 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old,
3016                              bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
3017   if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl())
3018     return;
3019 
3020   QualType MergedT;
3021   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3022     if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
3023       // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached.
3024       return;
3025     } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) {
3026       // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked.
3027       return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old);
3028     }
3029     // C++ [basic.link]p10:
3030     //   [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given
3031     //   object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an
3032     //   array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or
3033     //   absence of a major array bound (8.3.4).
3034     else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() &&
3035              New->getType()->isArrayType()) {
3036       const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType());
3037       const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType());
3038       if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
3039                               NewArray->getElementType()))
3040         MergedT = New->getType();
3041     } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() &&
3042                New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
3043       const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType());
3044       const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType());
3045       if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
3046                               NewArray->getElementType()))
3047         MergedT = Old->getType();
3048     } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
3049                Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
3050       MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(),
3051                                               Old->getType());
3052     }
3053   } else {
3054     // C 6.2.7p2:
3055     //   All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have
3056     //   compatible type.
3057     MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType());
3058   }
3059   if (MergedT.isNull()) {
3060     // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a
3061     // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class
3062     // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be
3063     // equivalent.
3064     // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this.
3065     if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() ||
3066          Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) {
3067       // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type
3068       // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we
3069       // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable.
3070       if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld)
3071         New->setType(Context.DependentTy);
3072       return;
3073     }
3074 
3075     // FIXME: Even if this merging succeeds, some other non-visible declaration
3076     // of this variable might have an incompatible type. For instance:
3077     //
3078     //   extern int arr[];
3079     //   void f() { extern int arr[2]; }
3080     //   void g() { extern int arr[3]; }
3081     //
3082     // Neither C nor C++ requires a diagnostic for this, but we should still try
3083     // to diagnose it.
3084     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type)
3085       << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType();
3086     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3087     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3088   }
3089 
3090   // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old
3091   // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope.
3092   if (MergeTypeWithOld)
3093     New->setType(MergedT);
3094 }
3095 
3096 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD,
3097                                   LookupResult &Previous) {
3098   // C11 6.2.7p4:
3099   //   For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared
3100   //   in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is
3101   //   visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or
3102   //   external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later
3103   //   declaration becomes the composite type.
3104   //
3105   // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type.
3106   if (Previous.isShadowed())
3107     return false;
3108 
3109   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3110     // C++11 [dcl.array]p3:
3111     //   If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same
3112     //   scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound
3113     //   is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration.
3114     return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() ||
3115            (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
3116             !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod());
3117   } else {
3118     // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its
3119     // type unless we're in the same function.
3120     return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() ||
3121            OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext();
3122   }
3123 }
3124 
3125 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name
3126 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this
3127 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
3128 ///
3129 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by
3130 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative
3131 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached.
3132 ///
3133 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) {
3134   // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking.
3135   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
3136     return;
3137 
3138   VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate();
3139 
3140   // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template.
3141   VarDecl *Old = nullptr;
3142   VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = nullptr;
3143   if (Previous.isSingleResult()) {
3144     if (NewTemplate) {
3145       OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
3146       Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : nullptr;
3147     } else
3148       Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
3149   }
3150   if (!Old) {
3151     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
3152       << New->getDeclName();
3153     Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(),
3154          diag::note_previous_definition);
3155     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3156   }
3157 
3158   if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Old, New))
3159     return;
3160 
3161   // Ensure the template parameters are compatible.
3162   if (NewTemplate &&
3163       !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
3164                                       OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
3165                                       /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch))
3166     return;
3167 
3168   // C++ [class.mem]p1:
3169   //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...]
3170   //
3171   // Here, we need only consider static data members.
3172   if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) {
3173     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member)
3174       << New->getIdentifier();
3175     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3176     New->setInvalidDecl();
3177   }
3178 
3179   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
3180   // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent
3181   // declaration
3182   if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() &&
3183       Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None &&
3184       !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) {
3185     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName();
3186     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3187     // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration.
3188     New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>();
3189   }
3190 
3191   // Merge the types.
3192   MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous));
3193 
3194   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
3195     return;
3196 
3197   diag::kind PrevDiag;
3198   SourceLocation OldLocation;
3199   std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) =
3200       getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New);
3201 
3202   // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static.
3203   if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
3204       !New->isStaticDataMember() &&
3205       Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) {
3206     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
3207       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static)
3208           << New->getDeclName();
3209       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3210     } else {
3211       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static)
3212           << New->getDeclName();
3213       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3214       return New->setInvalidDecl();
3215     }
3216   }
3217   // C99 6.2.2p4:
3218   //   For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier
3219   //   extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that
3220   //   identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies
3221   //   internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at
3222   //   the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at
3223   //   the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or
3224   //   if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the
3225   //   identifier has external linkage.
3226   if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage())
3227     /* Okay */;
3228   else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static &&
3229            !New->isStaticDataMember() &&
3230            Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
3231     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName();
3232     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3233     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3234   }
3235 
3236   // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa.
3237   if (New->hasExternalStorage() &&
3238       !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) {
3239     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName();
3240     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3241     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3242   }
3243   if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDecl() &&
3244       !New->hasExternalStorage()) {
3245     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName();
3246     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3247     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3248   }
3249 
3250   // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup.
3251 
3252   // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still
3253   // need to check for mismatches.
3254   if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() &&
3255       // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members.
3256       !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
3257         !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) {
3258     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName();
3259     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3260     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3261   }
3262 
3263   if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) {
3264     if (!Old->getTLSKind()) {
3265       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName();
3266       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3267     } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) {
3268       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName();
3269       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3270     } else {
3271       // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring
3272       // static and dynamic initialization.
3273       // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first
3274       // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here?
3275       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind)
3276         << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic);
3277       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3278     }
3279   }
3280 
3281   // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here.
3282   const VarDecl *Def;
3283   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3284       New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition &&
3285       (Def = Old->getDefinition())) {
3286     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New;
3287     Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3288     New->setInvalidDecl();
3289     return;
3290   }
3291 
3292   if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) {
3293     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
3294     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3295     New->setInvalidDecl();
3296     return;
3297   }
3298 
3299   // Merge "used" flag.
3300   if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false))
3301     New->setIsUsed();
3302 
3303   // Keep a chain of previous declarations.
3304   New->setPreviousDecl(Old);
3305   if (NewTemplate)
3306     NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate);
3307 
3308   // Inherit access appropriately.
3309   New->setAccess(Old->getAccess());
3310   if (NewTemplate)
3311     NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess());
3312 }
3313 
3314 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
3315 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed.
3316 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
3317                                        DeclSpec &DS) {
3318   return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
3319 }
3320 
3321 static void HandleTagNumbering(Sema &S, const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) {
3322   if (!S.Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3323     return;
3324 
3325   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) {
3326     // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if
3327     // it is anonymous.
3328     if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl())
3329       return;
3330     MangleNumberingContext &MCtx =
3331         S.Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent());
3332     S.Context.setManglingNumber(
3333         Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber(Tag, TagScope->getMSLocalManglingNumber()));
3334     return;
3335   }
3336 
3337   // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local.
3338   Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
3339   if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx =
3340           S.getCurrentMangleNumberContext(Tag->getDeclContext(),
3341                                           ManglingContextDecl)) {
3342     S.Context.setManglingNumber(
3343         Tag,
3344         MCtx->getManglingNumber(Tag, TagScope->getMSLocalManglingNumber()));
3345   }
3346 }
3347 
3348 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
3349 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template
3350 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations.
3351 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
3352                                        DeclSpec &DS,
3353                                        MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
3354                                        bool IsExplicitInstantiation) {
3355   Decl *TagD = nullptr;
3356   TagDecl *Tag = nullptr;
3357   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
3358       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
3359       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
3360       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
3361       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
3362     TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl();
3363 
3364     if (!TagD) // We probably had an error
3365       return nullptr;
3366 
3367     // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the
3368     // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others
3369     // it's a Type.
3370     if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD))
3371       Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
3372     else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD))
3373       Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl();
3374   }
3375 
3376   if (Tag) {
3377     HandleTagNumbering(*this, Tag, S);
3378     Tag->setFreeStanding();
3379     if (Tag->isInvalidDecl())
3380       return Tag;
3381   }
3382 
3383   if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3384     // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object
3385     // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified."
3386     if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
3387       Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
3388            diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg)
3389            << DS.getSourceRange();
3390   }
3391 
3392   if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) {
3393     // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations
3394     // and definitions of functions and variables.
3395     if (Tag)
3396       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag)
3397         << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
3398             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
3399             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 :
3400             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4);
3401     else
3402       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators);
3403     // Don't emit warnings after this error.
3404     return TagD;
3405   }
3406 
3407   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS);
3408 
3409   if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) {
3410     // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that
3411     // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect.
3412     if (TagD && !Tag)
3413       return nullptr;
3414     return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams);
3415   }
3416 
3417   CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope();
3418   bool IsExplicitSpecialization =
3419     !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0;
3420   if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() &&
3421       !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization) {
3422     // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a
3423     // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation
3424     // or an explicit specialization.
3425     // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either.
3426     Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier)
3427       << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
3428           DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
3429           DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 :
3430           DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4)
3431       << SS.getRange();
3432     return nullptr;
3433   }
3434 
3435   // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything.
3436   bool DeclaresAnything = true;
3437 
3438   // Handle anonymous struct definitions.
3439   if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) {
3440     if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() &&
3441         DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
3442       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
3443           Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord())
3444         return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
3445 
3446       DeclaresAnything = false;
3447     }
3448   }
3449 
3450   // C11 6.7.2.1p2:
3451   //   A struct-declaration that does not declare an anonymous structure or
3452   //   anonymous union shall contain a struct-declarator-list.
3453   //
3454   // This rule also existed in C89 and C99; the grammar for struct-declaration
3455   // did not permit a struct-declaration without a struct-declarator-list.
3456   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CurContext->isRecord() &&
3457       DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
3458     // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct/union member.
3459     // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct/union:
3460     //   struct STRUCT;
3461     //   union UNION;
3462     // and
3463     //   STRUCT_TYPE;  <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct.
3464     //   UNION_TYPE;   <- where UNION_TYPE is a typedef union.
3465     if ((Tag && Tag->getDeclName()) ||
3466         DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename) {
3467       RecordDecl *Record = nullptr;
3468       if (Tag)
3469         Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag);
3470       else if (const RecordType *RT =
3471                    DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType())
3472         Record = RT->getDecl();
3473       else if (const RecordType *UT = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsUnionType())
3474         Record = UT->getDecl();
3475 
3476       if (Record && getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
3477         Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_record)
3478           << Record->isUnion() << DS.getSourceRange();
3479         return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record);
3480       }
3481 
3482       DeclaresAnything = false;
3483     }
3484   }
3485 
3486   // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error.
3487   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error ||
3488       (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl()))
3489     return TagD;
3490 
3491   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3492       DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3493     if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag))
3494       if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() &&
3495           !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl())
3496         DeclaresAnything = false;
3497 
3498   if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) {
3499     // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name.
3500     if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3501       Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name)
3502         << DS.getSourceRange();
3503     else
3504       DeclaresAnything = false;
3505   }
3506 
3507   if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() &&
3508       Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
3509     Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class)
3510       << Tag->getTagKind()
3511       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
3512 
3513   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
3514 
3515   // C 6.7/2:
3516   //   A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag,
3517   //   or the members of an enumeration.
3518   // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3:
3519   //   [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an
3520   //   unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more
3521   //   names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a
3522   //   previous declaration.
3523   if (!DeclaresAnything) {
3524     // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother
3525     // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this.
3526     Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange();
3527     return TagD;
3528   }
3529 
3530   // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
3531   //   If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the
3532   //   init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty.
3533   // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1:
3534   //   If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the
3535   //   init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty.
3536   //
3537   // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C.
3538   unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier;
3539   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3540     DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier;
3541 
3542   // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but
3543   // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically
3544   // useless.
3545   if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) {
3546     if (SCS == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable)
3547       // Since mutable is not a viable storage class specifier in C, there is
3548       // no reason to treat it as an extension. Instead, diagnose as an error.
3549       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
3550     else if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3551       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID)
3552         << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS);
3553   }
3554 
3555   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec())
3556     Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID)
3557       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
3558   if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3559     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
3560       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const";
3561     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
3562       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile";
3563     // Restrict is covered above.
3564     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)
3565       Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic";
3566   }
3567 
3568   // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example:
3569   // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A;
3570   // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration.
3571   if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) {
3572     DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType();
3573     if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
3574         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
3575         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
3576         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
3577         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
3578       AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList();
3579       while (attrs) {
3580         Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored)
3581         << attrs->getName()
3582         << (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
3583             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
3584             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 :
3585             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 3 : 4);
3586         attrs = attrs->getNext();
3587       }
3588     }
3589   }
3590 
3591   return TagD;
3592 }
3593 
3594 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope;
3595 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded.
3596 ///
3597 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration
3598 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef,
3599                                          Scope *S,
3600                                          DeclContext *Owner,
3601                                          DeclarationName Name,
3602                                          SourceLocation NameLoc,
3603                                          unsigned diagnostic) {
3604   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName,
3605                  Sema::ForRedeclaration);
3606   if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false;
3607 
3608   if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>())
3609     return false;
3610 
3611   // Pick a representative declaration.
3612   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl();
3613   assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl");
3614 
3615   if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S))
3616     return false;
3617 
3618   SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name;
3619   SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3620 
3621   return true;
3622 }
3623 
3624 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the
3625 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner
3626 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize
3627 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or
3628 /// struct, e.g.,
3629 ///
3630 /// @code
3631 /// union {
3632 ///   int i;
3633 ///   float f;
3634 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and
3635 ///    // f into the surrounding scope.x
3636 /// @endcode
3637 ///
3638 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous
3639 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well.
3640 static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S,
3641                                          DeclContext *Owner,
3642                                          RecordDecl *AnonRecord,
3643                                          AccessSpecifier AS,
3644                                          SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining,
3645                                          bool MSAnonStruct) {
3646   unsigned diagKind
3647     = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl
3648                             : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl;
3649 
3650   bool Invalid = false;
3651 
3652   // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name.
3653   for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) {
3654     if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) &&
3655         cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) {
3656       ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
3657       if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(),
3658                                        VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) {
3659         // C++ [class.union]p2:
3660         //   The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be
3661         //   distinct from the names of any other entity in the
3662         //   scope in which the anonymous union is declared.
3663         Invalid = true;
3664       } else {
3665         // C++ [class.union]p2:
3666         //   For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union
3667         //   definition, the members of the anonymous union are
3668         //   considered to have been defined in the scope in which the
3669         //   anonymous union is declared.
3670         unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size();
3671         if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD))
3672           for (auto *PI : IF->chain())
3673             Chaining.push_back(PI);
3674         else
3675           Chaining.push_back(VD);
3676 
3677         assert(Chaining.size() >= 2);
3678         NamedDecl **NamedChain =
3679           new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()];
3680         for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++)
3681           NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i];
3682 
3683         IndirectFieldDecl* IndirectField =
3684           IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(),
3685                                     VD->getIdentifier(), VD->getType(),
3686                                     NamedChain, Chaining.size());
3687 
3688         IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
3689         IndirectField->setImplicit();
3690         SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S);
3691 
3692         // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier.
3693         if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
3694 
3695         Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize);
3696       }
3697     }
3698   }
3699 
3700   return Invalid;
3701 }
3702 
3703 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to
3704 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller:
3705 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None.
3706 static StorageClass
3707 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) {
3708   DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
3709   assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
3710          "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl.");
3711   switch (StorageClassSpec) {
3712   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified:    return SC_None;
3713   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
3714     if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec())
3715       return SC_None;
3716     return SC_Extern;
3717   case DeclSpec::SCS_static:         return SC_Static;
3718   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:           return SC_Auto;
3719   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:       return SC_Register;
3720   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
3721     // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller.
3722   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:        // Fall through.
3723   case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef:        return SC_None;
3724   }
3725   llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier");
3726 }
3727 
3728 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) {
3729   assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer());
3730 
3731   for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) {
3732     const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I);
3733     if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I))
3734       FD = IFD->getAnonField();
3735     if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer())
3736       return FD->getLocation();
3737   }
3738 
3739   llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer");
3740 }
3741 
3742 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent,
3743                                       SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) {
3744   if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer())
3745     return;
3746 
3747   S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization);
3748   S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0;
3749 }
3750 
3751 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent,
3752                                       CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) {
3753   if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer())
3754     return;
3755 
3756   checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion));
3757 }
3758 
3759 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an
3760 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature
3761 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures
3762 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension.
3763 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
3764                                         AccessSpecifier AS,
3765                                         RecordDecl *Record,
3766                                         const PrintingPolicy &Policy) {
3767   DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext();
3768 
3769   // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension.
3770   if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11)
3771     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union);
3772   else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3773     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct);
3774   else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11)
3775     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct);
3776 
3777   // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous
3778   // structs/unions.
3779   bool Invalid = false;
3780   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3781     const char *PrevSpec = nullptr;
3782     unsigned DiagID;
3783     if (Record->isUnion()) {
3784       // C++ [class.union]p6:
3785       //   Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the
3786       //   global namespace shall be declared static.
3787       if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static &&
3788           (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) ||
3789            (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) &&
3790             cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) {
3791         Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static)
3792           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static ");
3793 
3794         // Recover by adding 'static'.
3795         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(),
3796                                PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy);
3797       }
3798       // C++ [class.union]p6:
3799       //   A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an
3800       //   anonymous union in a class scope.
3801       else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified &&
3802                isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
3803         Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
3804              diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec)
3805           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
3806 
3807         // Recover by removing the storage specifier.
3808         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified,
3809                                SourceLocation(),
3810                                PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
3811       }
3812     }
3813 
3814     // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers.
3815     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3816       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
3817         Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3818           << Record->isUnion() << "const"
3819           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc());
3820       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
3821         Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(),
3822              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3823           << Record->isUnion() << "volatile"
3824           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc());
3825       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
3826         Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
3827              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3828           << Record->isUnion() << "restrict"
3829           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc());
3830       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)
3831         Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(),
3832              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3833           << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic"
3834           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc());
3835 
3836       DS.ClearTypeQualifiers();
3837     }
3838 
3839     // C++ [class.union]p2:
3840     //   The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only
3841     //   define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and
3842     //   functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ]
3843     for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) {
3844       if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) {
3845         // C++ [class.union]p3:
3846         //   An anonymous union shall not have private or protected
3847         //   members (clause 11).
3848         assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none);
3849         if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) {
3850           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member)
3851             << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected);
3852           Invalid = true;
3853         }
3854 
3855         // C++ [class.union]p1
3856         //   An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial
3857         //   copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy
3858         //   assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an
3859         //   array of such objects.
3860         if (CheckNontrivialField(FD))
3861           Invalid = true;
3862       } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) {
3863         // Any implicit members are fine.
3864       } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) {
3865         // This is a type that showed up in an
3866         // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or
3867         // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the
3868         // anonymous struct or union. It's okay.
3869       } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) {
3870         if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
3871             MemRecord->getDeclName()) {
3872           // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
3873           if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
3874             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
3875               << (int)Record->isUnion();
3876           else {
3877             // This is a nested type declaration.
3878             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
3879               << (int)Record->isUnion();
3880             Invalid = true;
3881           }
3882         } else {
3883           // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type.
3884           // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but
3885           // not part of standard C++.
3886           Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(),
3887                diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type)
3888             << (int)Record->isUnion();
3889         }
3890       } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) {
3891         // Any access specifier is fine.
3892       } else if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(Mem)) {
3893         // In C++1z, static_assert declarations are also fine.
3894       } else {
3895         // We have something that isn't a non-static data
3896         // member. Complain about it.
3897         unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member;
3898         if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem))
3899           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type;
3900         else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem))
3901           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function;
3902         else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem))
3903           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static;
3904 
3905         // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
3906         if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt &&
3907             DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
3908           Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
3909             << (int)Record->isUnion();
3910         else {
3911           Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK)
3912               << (int)Record->isUnion();
3913           Invalid = true;
3914         }
3915       }
3916     }
3917 
3918     // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460):
3919     //   At most one variant member of a union may have a
3920     //   brace-or-equal-initializer.
3921     if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() &&
3922         Owner->isRecord())
3923       checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner),
3924                                 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record));
3925   }
3926 
3927   if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) {
3928     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member)
3929       << (int)getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
3930     Invalid = true;
3931   }
3932 
3933   // Mock up a declarator.
3934   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext);
3935   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
3936   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union");
3937 
3938   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union.
3939   NamedDecl *Anon = nullptr;
3940   if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
3941     Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass,
3942                              DS.getLocStart(),
3943                              Record->getLocation(),
3944                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr,
3945                              Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
3946                              TInfo,
3947                              /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false,
3948                              /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
3949     Anon->setAccess(AS);
3950     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3951       FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon));
3952   } else {
3953     DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
3954     VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS);
3955     if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
3956       // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
3957       // an error here
3958       Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
3959       Invalid = true;
3960       SC = SC_None;
3961     }
3962 
3963     Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner,
3964                            DS.getLocStart(),
3965                            Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr,
3966                            Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
3967                            TInfo, SC);
3968 
3969     // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be
3970     // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class
3971     // initializer:
3972     //   union { int n = 0; };
3973     ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false);
3974   }
3975   Anon->setImplicit();
3976 
3977   // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type.
3978   Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true);
3979 
3980   // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current
3981   // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of
3982   // its members.
3983   Owner->addDecl(Anon);
3984 
3985   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning
3986   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
3987   // purposes.
3988   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
3989   Chain.push_back(Anon);
3990 
3991   if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS,
3992                                           Chain, false))
3993     Invalid = true;
3994 
3995   if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) {
3996     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
3997       Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
3998       if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx =
3999               getCurrentMangleNumberContext(NewVD->getDeclContext(),
4000                                             ManglingContextDecl)) {
4001         Context.setManglingNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(NewVD, S->getMSLocalManglingNumber()));
4002         Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD));
4003       }
4004     }
4005   }
4006 
4007   if (Invalid)
4008     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
4009 
4010   return Anon;
4011 }
4012 
4013 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an
4014 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure.
4015 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx
4016 /// Example:
4017 ///
4018 /// struct A { int a; };
4019 /// struct B { struct A; int b; };
4020 ///
4021 /// void foo() {
4022 ///   B var;
4023 ///   var.a = 3;
4024 /// }
4025 ///
4026 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
4027                                            RecordDecl *Record) {
4028   assert(Record && "expected a record!");
4029 
4030   // Mock up a declarator.
4031   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext);
4032   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
4033   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct");
4034 
4035   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct.
4036   NamedDecl *Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context,
4037                              cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext),
4038                              DS.getLocStart(),
4039                              DS.getLocStart(),
4040                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr,
4041                              Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
4042                              TInfo,
4043                              /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false,
4044                              /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
4045   Anon->setImplicit();
4046 
4047   // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context.
4048   CurContext->addDecl(Anon);
4049 
4050   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current
4051   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
4052   // purposes.
4053   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
4054   Chain.push_back(Anon);
4055 
4056   RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition();
4057   if (!RecordDef || InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext,
4058                                                         RecordDef, AS_none,
4059                                                         Chain, true))
4060     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
4061 
4062   return Anon;
4063 }
4064 
4065 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the
4066 /// given Declarator.
4067 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) {
4068   return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName());
4069 }
4070 
4071 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id.
4072 DeclarationNameInfo
4073 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) {
4074   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo;
4075   NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4076 
4077   switch (Name.getKind()) {
4078 
4079   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam:
4080   case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier:
4081     NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier);
4082     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4083     return NameInfo;
4084 
4085   case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId:
4086     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
4087                                            Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator));
4088     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4089     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc
4090       = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0];
4091     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc
4092       = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding();
4093     return NameInfo;
4094 
4095   case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId:
4096     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(
4097                                                            Name.Identifier));
4098     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4099     NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation);
4100     return NameInfo;
4101 
4102   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: {
4103     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
4104     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo);
4105     if (Ty.isNull())
4106       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4107     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName(
4108                                                Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
4109     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4110     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
4111     return NameInfo;
4112   }
4113 
4114   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: {
4115     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
4116     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo);
4117     if (Ty.isNull())
4118       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4119     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
4120                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
4121     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4122     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
4123     return NameInfo;
4124   }
4125 
4126   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: {
4127     // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor
4128     // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there
4129     // to find the actual type being constructed.
4130     CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
4131     if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name)
4132       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4133 
4134     // Determine the type of the class being constructed.
4135     QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass);
4136 
4137     // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as
4138     // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name
4139     // was qualified.
4140 
4141     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
4142                                     Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType)));
4143     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4144     // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo?
4145     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(nullptr);
4146     return NameInfo;
4147   }
4148 
4149   case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: {
4150     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
4151     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo);
4152     if (Ty.isNull())
4153       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4154     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
4155                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
4156     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4157     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
4158     return NameInfo;
4159   }
4160 
4161   case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: {
4162     TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get();
4163     SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
4164     return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc);
4165   }
4166 
4167   } // switch (Name.getKind())
4168 
4169   llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind");
4170 }
4171 
4172 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) {
4173   do {
4174     if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType())
4175       Ty = Ty->getPointeeType();
4176     else if (Ty->isArrayType())
4177       Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType();
4178     else
4179       return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers();
4180   } while (true);
4181 }
4182 
4183 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration
4184 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is
4185 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function
4186 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace.
4187 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ
4188 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters
4189 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match.
4190 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context,
4191                                      FunctionDecl *Declaration,
4192                                      FunctionDecl *Definition,
4193                                      SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) {
4194   Params.clear();
4195   if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size())
4196     return false;
4197   for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) {
4198     QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
4199     QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
4200 
4201     // The parameter types are identical
4202     if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy))
4203       continue;
4204 
4205     QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy);
4206     QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy);
4207     const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
4208     const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
4209 
4210     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) ||
4211         (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName))
4212       Params.push_back(Idx);
4213     else  // The two parameters aren't even close
4214       return false;
4215   }
4216 
4217   return true;
4218 }
4219 
4220 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given
4221 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation.
4222 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for
4223 /// consideration here.  That's specifically the type in the decl spec
4224 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks.
4225 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D,
4226                                                     DeclarationName Name) {
4227   // The types we specifically need to rebuild are:
4228   //   - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes
4229   //   - types which will become injected class names
4230   // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a
4231   // type.  It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a
4232   // few cases here.
4233 
4234   DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec();
4235   switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) {
4236   case DeclSpec::TST_typename:
4237   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType:
4238   case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType:
4239   case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: {
4240     // Grab the type from the parser.
4241     TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr;
4242     QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI);
4243     if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break;
4244 
4245     // Make sure there's a type source info.  This isn't really much
4246     // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info
4247     // attached already.
4248     if (!TSI)
4249       TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
4250 
4251     // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation.
4252     TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name);
4253     if (!TSI) return true;
4254 
4255     // Store the new type back in the decl spec.
4256     ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI);
4257     DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType);
4258     break;
4259   }
4260 
4261   case DeclSpec::TST_decltype:
4262   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: {
4263     Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr();
4264     ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E);
4265     if (Result.isInvalid()) return true;
4266     DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get());
4267     break;
4268   }
4269 
4270   default:
4271     // Nothing to do for these decl specs.
4272     break;
4273   }
4274 
4275   // It doesn't matter what order we do this in.
4276   for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
4277     DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I);
4278 
4279     // The only type information in the declarator which can come
4280     // before the declaration name is the base type of a member
4281     // pointer.
4282     if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer)
4283       continue;
4284 
4285     // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place.
4286     CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope();
4287     if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS))
4288       return true;
4289   }
4290 
4291   return false;
4292 }
4293 
4294 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
4295   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration);
4296   Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
4297 
4298   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() &&
4299       Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
4300     Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
4301 
4302   return Dcl;
4303 }
4304 
4305 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13:
4306 ///   If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a
4307 ///   name different from T:
4308 ///     - every static data member of class T;
4309 ///     - every member function of class T
4310 ///     - every member of class T that is itself a type;
4311 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules.
4312 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC,
4313                                    DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) {
4314   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
4315 
4316   if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
4317     if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) {
4318       Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name;
4319       return true;
4320     }
4321 
4322   return false;
4323 }
4324 
4325 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given
4326 /// nested-name-specifier.
4327 ///
4328 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
4329 ///
4330 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier
4331 /// resolves.
4332 ///
4333 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared.
4334 ///
4335 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared.
4336 ///
4337 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise.
4338 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC,
4339                                         DeclarationName Name,
4340                                         SourceLocation Loc) {
4341   DeclContext *Cur = CurContext;
4342   while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur))
4343     Cur = Cur->getParent();
4344 
4345   // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the
4346   // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it.
4347   //
4348   // class X {
4349   //   void X::f();
4350   // };
4351   //
4352   // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all
4353   // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482.
4354   if (Cur->Equals(DC)) {
4355     if (Cur->isRecord()) {
4356       Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification
4357                                       : diag::err_member_extra_qualification)
4358         << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange());
4359       SS.clear();
4360     } else {
4361       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name;
4362     }
4363     return false;
4364   }
4365 
4366   // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original
4367   // declaration.
4368   if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) {
4369     if (Cur->isRecord())
4370       Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
4371         << Name << SS.getRange();
4372     else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC))
4373       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope)
4374         << Name << SS.getRange();
4375     else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur))
4376       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function)
4377         << Name << SS.getRange();
4378     else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur))
4379       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block)
4380         << Name << SS.getRange();
4381     else
4382       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope)
4383       << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange();
4384 
4385     return true;
4386   }
4387 
4388   if (Cur->isRecord()) {
4389     // Cannot qualify members within a class.
4390     Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
4391       << Name << SS.getRange();
4392     SS.clear();
4393 
4394     // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break
4395     // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If
4396     // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely.
4397     if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName ||
4398          Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) &&
4399         !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(),
4400                              Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur))))
4401       return true;
4402 
4403     return false;
4404   }
4405 
4406   // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1:
4407   //   [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall
4408   //   not begin with a decltype-specifer"
4409   NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data());
4410   while (SpecLoc.getPrefix())
4411     SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix();
4412   if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>(
4413         SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType()))
4414     Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator)
4415       << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
4416 
4417   return false;
4418 }
4419 
4420 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
4421                                   MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) {
4422   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
4423   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
4424   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
4425 
4426   // All of these full declarators require an identifier.  If it doesn't have
4427   // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used.
4428   if (!Name) {
4429     if (!D.isInvalidType())  // Reject this if we think it is valid.
4430       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
4431            diag::err_declarator_need_ident)
4432         << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange();
4433     return nullptr;
4434   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType))
4435     return nullptr;
4436 
4437   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
4438   // we find one that is.
4439   while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 ||
4440          (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0)
4441     S = S->getParent();
4442 
4443   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
4444   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid())
4445     D.setInvalidType();
4446   else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4447     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
4448                                         UPPC_DeclarationQualifier))
4449       return nullptr;
4450 
4451     bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
4452     DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext);
4453     if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) {
4454       // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the
4455       // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class,
4456       // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain
4457       // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster.
4458       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4459            diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match)
4460         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()
4461         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4462       return nullptr;
4463     }
4464     bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext();
4465 
4466     if (!IsDependentContext &&
4467         RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC))
4468       return nullptr;
4469 
4470     if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) {
4471       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4472            diag::err_member_def_undefined_record)
4473         << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4474       D.setInvalidType();
4475     } else if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) {
4476       if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC,
4477                                       Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) {
4478         if (DC->isRecord())
4479           return nullptr;
4480 
4481         D.setInvalidType();
4482       }
4483     }
4484 
4485     // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given
4486     // declaration in the current instantiation.
4487     if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext &&
4488         TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) {
4489       ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
4490       if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name))
4491         D.setInvalidType();
4492     }
4493   }
4494 
4495   if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo))
4496     // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics.
4497     // Just return early; it's safer.
4498     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4499       return nullptr;
4500 
4501   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
4502   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
4503 
4504   if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
4505                                       UPPC_DeclarationType))
4506     D.setInvalidType();
4507 
4508   LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName,
4509                         ForRedeclaration);
4510 
4511   // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope.
4512   if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4513     bool IsLinkageLookup = false;
4514     bool CreateBuiltins = false;
4515 
4516     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function
4517     // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with
4518     // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6).
4519     //
4520     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with
4521     // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with
4522     // the same name.
4523     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4524       /* Do nothing*/;
4525     else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
4526              (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern ||
4527               R->isFunctionType())) {
4528       IsLinkageLookup = true;
4529       CreateBuiltins =
4530           CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit();
4531     } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
4532                D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static)
4533       CreateBuiltins = true;
4534 
4535     if (IsLinkageLookup)
4536       Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage);
4537 
4538     LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins);
4539   } else { // Something like "int foo::x;"
4540     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
4541 
4542     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
4543     //   When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a
4544     //  previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the
4545     //  qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the
4546     //  inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization
4547     //  thereof; [...]
4548     //
4549     // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have
4550     // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration
4551     // we want to match. For example, given:
4552     //
4553     //   class X {
4554     //     void f();
4555     //     void f(float);
4556     //   };
4557     //
4558     //   void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed
4559     //
4560     // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set
4561     // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them
4562     // matches.
4563 
4564     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
4565     //   [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a
4566     //   using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by
4567     //   the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
4568     RemoveUsingDecls(Previous);
4569   }
4570 
4571   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
4572       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
4573     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
4574     if (!D.isInvalidType())
4575       DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4576                                       Previous.getFoundDecl());
4577 
4578     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
4579     Previous.clear();
4580   }
4581 
4582   // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type
4583   // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the
4584   // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a
4585   // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4).
4586   if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() &&
4587       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4588     Previous.clear();
4589 
4590   // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters
4591   // of a function declaration (C++ only).
4592   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4593     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
4594 
4595   NamedDecl *New;
4596 
4597   bool AddToScope = true;
4598   if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
4599     if (TemplateParamLists.size()) {
4600       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef);
4601       return nullptr;
4602     }
4603 
4604     New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous);
4605   } else if (R->isFunctionType()) {
4606     New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous,
4607                                   TemplateParamLists,
4608                                   AddToScope);
4609   } else {
4610     New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists,
4611                                   AddToScope);
4612   }
4613 
4614   if (!New)
4615     return nullptr;
4616 
4617   // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or
4618   // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack.
4619   if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope &&
4620        !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) {
4621     // Only make a locally-scoped extern declaration visible if it is the first
4622     // declaration of this entity. Qualified lookup for such an entity should
4623     // only find this declaration if there is no visible declaration of it.
4624     bool AddToContext = !D.isRedeclaration() || !New->isLocalExternDecl();
4625     PushOnScopeChains(New, S, AddToContext);
4626     if (!AddToContext)
4627       CurContext->addHiddenDecl(New);
4628   }
4629 
4630   return New;
4631 }
4632 
4633 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
4634 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
4635 /// GCC compatibility).
4636 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T,
4637                                                     ASTContext &Context,
4638                                                     bool &SizeIsNegative,
4639                                                     llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
4640   // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant
4641   // array even when the size isn't an ICE.  This is necessary
4642   // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy
4643   // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];}
4644   SizeIsNegative = false;
4645   Oversized = 0;
4646 
4647   if (T->isDependentType())
4648     return QualType();
4649 
4650   QualifierCollector Qs;
4651   const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T);
4652 
4653   if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) {
4654     QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType();
4655     QualType FixedType =
4656         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative,
4657                                             Oversized);
4658     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
4659     FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType);
4660     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
4661   }
4662   if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) {
4663     QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType();
4664     QualType FixedType =
4665         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative,
4666                                             Oversized);
4667     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
4668     FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType);
4669     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
4670   }
4671 
4672   const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T);
4673   if (!VLATy)
4674     return QualType();
4675   // FIXME: We should probably handle this case
4676   if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType())
4677     return QualType();
4678 
4679   llvm::APSInt Res;
4680   if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() ||
4681       !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context))
4682     return QualType();
4683 
4684   // Check whether the array size is negative.
4685   if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) {
4686     SizeIsNegative = true;
4687     return QualType();
4688   }
4689 
4690   // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed.
4691   unsigned ActiveSizeBits
4692     = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(),
4693                                               Res);
4694   if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) {
4695     Oversized = Res;
4696     return QualType();
4697   }
4698 
4699   return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(),
4700                                       Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
4701 }
4702 
4703 static void
4704 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) {
4705   if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) {
4706     PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>();
4707     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(),
4708                                       DstPTL.getPointeeLoc());
4709     DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc());
4710     return;
4711   }
4712   if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) {
4713     ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>();
4714     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(),
4715                                       DstPTL.getInnerLoc());
4716     DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc());
4717     DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc());
4718     return;
4719   }
4720   ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>();
4721   ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>();
4722   TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc();
4723   TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc();
4724   DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL);
4725   DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc());
4726   DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr());
4727   DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc());
4728 }
4729 
4730 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
4731 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
4732 /// GCC compatibility).
4733 static TypeSourceInfo*
4734 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4735                                               ASTContext &Context,
4736                                               bool &SizeIsNegative,
4737                                               llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
4738   QualType FixedTy
4739     = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context,
4740                                           SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
4741   if (FixedTy.isNull())
4742     return nullptr;
4743   TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy);
4744   FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(),
4745                                     FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc());
4746   return FixedTInfo;
4747 }
4748 
4749 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so
4750 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C"
4751 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just
4752 /// function-scope declarations.
4753 void
4754 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) {
4755   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
4756       ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit())
4757     // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C.
4758     return;
4759 
4760   // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name.
4761   // FIXME: There can be multiple such declarations if they are functions marked
4762   // __attribute__((overloadable)) declared in function scope in C.
4763   LocallyScopedExternCDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND;
4764 }
4765 
4766 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) {
4767   if (ExternalSource) {
4768     // Load locally-scoped external decls from the external source.
4769     // FIXME: This is inefficient. Maybe add a DeclContext for extern "C" decls?
4770     SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> Decls;
4771     ExternalSource->ReadLocallyScopedExternCDecls(Decls);
4772     for (unsigned I = 0, N = Decls.size(); I != N; ++I) {
4773       llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos
4774         = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.find(Decls[I]->getDeclName());
4775       if (Pos == LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end())
4776         LocallyScopedExternCDecls[Decls[I]->getDeclName()] = Decls[I];
4777     }
4778   }
4779 
4780   NamedDecl *D = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.lookup(Name);
4781   return D ? D->getMostRecentDecl() : nullptr;
4782 }
4783 
4784 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that
4785 /// does not identify a function.
4786 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) {
4787   // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid
4788   // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;"
4789   if (DS.isInlineSpecified())
4790     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(),
4791          diag::err_inline_non_function);
4792 
4793   if (DS.isVirtualSpecified())
4794     Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(),
4795          diag::err_virtual_non_function);
4796 
4797   if (DS.isExplicitSpecified())
4798     Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(),
4799          diag::err_explicit_non_function);
4800 
4801   if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified())
4802     Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(),
4803          diag::err_noreturn_non_function);
4804 }
4805 
4806 NamedDecl*
4807 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
4808                              TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) {
4809   // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
4810   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4811     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator)
4812       << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4813     D.setInvalidType();
4814     // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier.
4815     DC = CurContext;
4816     Previous.clear();
4817   }
4818 
4819   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
4820 
4821   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
4822     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
4823       << 1;
4824 
4825   if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) {
4826     Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier)
4827       << D.getName().getSourceRange();
4828     return nullptr;
4829   }
4830 
4831   TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo);
4832   if (!NewTD) return nullptr;
4833 
4834   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
4835   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D);
4836 
4837   CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD);
4838 
4839   bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration();
4840   NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration);
4841   D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration);
4842   return ND;
4843 }
4844 
4845 void
4846 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) {
4847   // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type
4848   // then it shall have block scope.
4849   // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so
4850   // that redeclarations will match.
4851   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo();
4852   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
4853   if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
4854     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
4855 
4856     if (S->getFnParent() == nullptr) {
4857       bool SizeIsNegative;
4858       llvm::APSInt Oversized;
4859       TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
4860         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
4861                                                       SizeIsNegative,
4862                                                       Oversized);
4863       if (FixedTInfo) {
4864         Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
4865         NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
4866       } else {
4867         if (SizeIsNegative)
4868           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
4869         else if (T->isVariableArrayType())
4870           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope);
4871         else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
4872           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large)
4873             << Oversized.toString(10);
4874         else
4875           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
4876         NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
4877       }
4878     }
4879   }
4880 }
4881 
4882 
4883 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which
4884 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via
4885 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'.
4886 NamedDecl*
4887 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD,
4888                            LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) {
4889   // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is
4890   // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing.
4891   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false,
4892                        /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false);
4893   filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(Context, NewTD, Previous);
4894   if (!Previous.empty()) {
4895     Redeclaration = true;
4896     MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous);
4897   }
4898 
4899   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
4900   if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier())
4901     if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() &&
4902         NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
4903       if (II->isStr("FILE"))
4904         Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD);
4905       else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf"))
4906         Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
4907       else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf"))
4908         Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
4909       else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t"))
4910         Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD);
4911     }
4912 
4913   return NewTD;
4914 }
4915 
4916 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope
4917 /// previous declaration.
4918 ///
4919 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a
4920 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a
4921 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new
4922 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with
4923 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99
4924 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6).
4925 ///
4926 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name
4927 /// lookup
4928 ///
4929 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being
4930 /// declared.
4931 ///
4932 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration
4933 /// for a new delcaration with the same name.
4934 static bool
4935 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC,
4936                                 ASTContext &Context) {
4937   if (!PrevDecl)
4938     return false;
4939 
4940   if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage())
4941     return false;
4942 
4943   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4944     // C++ [basic.link]p6:
4945     //   If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage
4946     //   having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared
4947     //   outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block
4948     //   scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the
4949     //   linkage of the previous declaration.
4950     DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext();
4951     if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
4952       // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations.
4953       return false;
4954 
4955     DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext();
4956     if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord())
4957       // We found a member function: ignore it.
4958       return false;
4959 
4960     // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and
4961     // previous declarations.
4962     OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
4963     PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
4964 
4965     // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it
4966     // isn't the same function.
4967     if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext))
4968       return false;
4969   }
4970 
4971   return true;
4972 }
4973 
4974 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) {
4975   CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec();
4976   if (!SS.isSet()) return;
4977   DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext()));
4978 }
4979 
4980 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) {
4981   QualType type = decl->getType();
4982   Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime();
4983   if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) {
4984     // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing.
4985     unsigned kind = -1U;
4986     if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
4987       if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
4988         kind = 0; // __block
4989       else if (!var->hasLocalStorage())
4990         kind = 1; // global
4991     } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) {
4992       kind = 3; // ivar
4993     } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) {
4994       kind = 2; // field
4995     }
4996 
4997     if (kind != -1U) {
4998       Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var)
4999         << kind;
5000     }
5001   } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) {
5002     // Try to infer lifetime.
5003     if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType())
5004       return false;
5005 
5006     lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
5007     type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime);
5008     decl->setType(type);
5009   }
5010 
5011   if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
5012     // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime.
5013     if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone &&
5014         var->getTLSKind()) {
5015       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership)
5016         << var->getType();
5017       return true;
5018     }
5019   }
5020 
5021   return false;
5022 }
5023 
5024 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) {
5025   // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache
5026   // the wrong linkage.
5027   assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0);
5028 
5029   // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage.
5030   if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) {
5031     if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
5032       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static);
5033       ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>();
5034     }
5035   }
5036   if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) {
5037     if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
5038       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static);
5039       ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>();
5040     }
5041   }
5042 
5043   // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible varable declarations.
5044   // It does not apply to functions.
5045   if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) {
5046     if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
5047       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data);
5048       ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>();
5049     }
5050   }
5051 
5052   // dll attributes require external linkage.
5053   if (const DLLImportAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()) {
5054     if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
5055       S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern)
5056         << &ND << Attr;
5057       ND.setInvalidDecl();
5058     }
5059   }
5060   if (const DLLExportAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<DLLExportAttr>()) {
5061     if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
5062       S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern)
5063         << &ND << Attr;
5064       ND.setInvalidDecl();
5065     }
5066   }
5067 }
5068 
5069 static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl,
5070                                            NamedDecl *NewDecl,
5071                                            bool IsSpecialization) {
5072   if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl))
5073     OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl();
5074   if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl))
5075     NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl();
5076 
5077   if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl)
5078       return;
5079 
5080   const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5081   const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>();
5082   const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5083   const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>();
5084 
5085   // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude
5086   // inherited attribute instances.
5087   bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) ||
5088                     (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited());
5089 
5090   // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute,
5091   // the only exception being explicit specializations.
5092   // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there
5093   // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport.
5094   bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr;
5095   if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) {
5096     S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration)
5097       << NewDecl
5098       << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr);
5099     S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
5100     NewDecl->setInvalidDecl();
5101     return;
5102   }
5103 
5104   // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only
5105   // exceptions being inline function definitions, local extern declarations,
5106   // and qualified friend declarations.
5107   // NB: MSVC converts such a declaration to dllexport.
5108   bool IsInline = false, IsStaticDataMember = false, IsQualifiedFriend = false;
5109   if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewDecl))
5110     // Ignore static data because out-of-line definitions are diagnosed
5111     // separately.
5112     IsStaticDataMember = VD->isStaticDataMember();
5113   else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewDecl)) {
5114     IsInline = FD->isInlined();
5115     IsQualifiedFriend = FD->getQualifier() &&
5116                         FD->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Declared;
5117   }
5118 
5119   if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr && !IsInline && !IsStaticDataMember &&
5120       !NewDecl->isLocalExternDecl() && !IsQualifiedFriend) {
5121     S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(),
5122            diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored)
5123       << NewDecl << OldImportAttr;
5124     S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
5125     S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute);
5126     OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5127     NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5128   }
5129 }
5130 
5131 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function,
5132 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the
5133 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes?
5134 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) {
5135   // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction.
5136 
5137   // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword.
5138   if (!FD->isInlined()) return false;
5139 
5140   // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute.
5141   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())
5142     return false;
5143 
5144   // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function.
5145 
5146 #ifndef NDEBUG
5147   // AST quite reasonably asserts that it's working on a function
5148   // definition.  We don't really have a way to tell it that we're
5149   // currently defining the function, so just lie to it in +Asserts
5150   // builds.  This is an awful hack.
5151   FD->setLazyBody(1);
5152 #endif
5153 
5154   bool isC99Inline =
5155       S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_AvailableExternally;
5156 
5157 #ifndef NDEBUG
5158   FD->setLazyBody(0);
5159 #endif
5160 
5161   return isC99Inline;
5162 }
5163 
5164 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching
5165 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that
5166 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally
5167 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer.
5168 ///
5169 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a
5170 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration.
5171 ///
5172 /// For instance:
5173 ///
5174 ///   auto x = []{};
5175 ///
5176 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally
5177 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage.
5178 ///
5179 /// FIXME: This is a hack.
5180 template<typename T>
5181 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) {
5182   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5183     // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C".
5184     if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>())
5185       return false;
5186   }
5187   return D->isExternC();
5188 }
5189 
5190 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) {
5191   const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
5192   if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
5193     return VD->hasExternalStorage();
5194   if (DC->isFileContext())
5195     return true;
5196   if (DC->isRecord())
5197     return false;
5198   llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context");
5199 }
5200 
5201 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
5202   const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
5203   if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
5204     return true;
5205   if (DC->isRecord())
5206     return false;
5207   llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context");
5208 }
5209 
5210 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const AttributeList *AttrList,
5211                           AttributeList::Kind Kind) {
5212   for (const AttributeList *L = AttrList; L; L = L->getNext())
5213     if (L->getKind() == Kind)
5214       return true;
5215   return false;
5216 }
5217 
5218 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD,
5219                           AttributeList::Kind Kind) {
5220   // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec.
5221   if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().getList(), Kind))
5222     return true;
5223 
5224   // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type
5225   // position to the decl itself.
5226   for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
5227     if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs(), Kind))
5228       return true;
5229   }
5230 
5231   // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself.
5232   return hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getAttributes(), Kind);
5233 }
5234 
5235 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a
5236 /// function-local external declaration.
5237 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) {
5238   if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
5239     return false;
5240 
5241   // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function
5242   // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is
5243   // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now.
5244   if (DC->isDependentContext())
5245     return true;
5246 
5247   // C++11 [basic.link]p7:
5248   //   When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to
5249   //   refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the
5250   //   innermost enclosing namespace.
5251   //
5252   // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a
5253   // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one.
5254   while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC))
5255     DC = DC->getParent();
5256   return true;
5257 }
5258 
5259 NamedDecl *
5260 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
5261                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
5262                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
5263                               bool &AddToScope) {
5264   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
5265   DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
5266 
5267   DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec();
5268   VarDecl::StorageClass SC =
5269     StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec());
5270 
5271   // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We
5272   // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext.
5273   if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() &&
5274       hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLImport) &&
5275       !hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLExport))
5276     SC = SC_Extern;
5277 
5278   DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC;
5279   bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern &&
5280                            adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC);
5281 
5282   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
5283     // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed.
5284     QualType NR = R;
5285     while (NR->isPointerType()) {
5286       if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) {
5287         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer_variable);
5288         D.setInvalidType();
5289         break;
5290       }
5291       NR = NR->getPointeeType();
5292     }
5293 
5294     if (!getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16) {
5295       // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and
5296       // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled).
5297       if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) {
5298         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R;
5299         D.setInvalidType();
5300       }
5301     }
5302   }
5303 
5304   if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
5305     // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
5306     // an error here
5307     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
5308     D.setInvalidType();
5309     SC = SC_None;
5310   }
5311 
5312   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register &&
5313       !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(
5314                               D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) {
5315     // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated.
5316     // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some
5317     // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro.
5318     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5319          diag::warn_deprecated_register)
5320       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5321   }
5322 
5323   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
5324   if (!II) {
5325     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name)
5326       << Name;
5327     return nullptr;
5328   }
5329 
5330   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
5331 
5332   if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == nullptr) {
5333     // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not
5334     // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration.
5335     // Global Register+Asm is a GNU extension we support.
5336     if (SC == SC_Auto || (SC == SC_Register && !D.getAsmLabel())) {
5337       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope);
5338       D.setInvalidType();
5339     }
5340   }
5341 
5342   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
5343     // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the
5344     // OpenCL __local address space.
5345     if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) {
5346       SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal;
5347     }
5348 
5349     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4:
5350     // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address
5351     // space qualifiers.
5352     if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local ||
5353       R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) {
5354       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace);
5355     }
5356 
5357     // OpenCL 1.2 spec, p6.9 r:
5358     // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable.
5359     // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global
5360     // address space qualifiers.
5361     if (R->isEventT()) {
5362       if (S->getParent() == nullptr) {
5363         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_global_var);
5364         D.setInvalidType();
5365       }
5366 
5367       if (R.getAddressSpace()) {
5368         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual);
5369         D.setInvalidType();
5370       }
5371     }
5372   }
5373 
5374   bool IsExplicitSpecialization = false;
5375   bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false;
5376   bool IsPartialSpecialization = false;
5377   bool IsVariableTemplate = false;
5378   VarDecl *NewVD = nullptr;
5379   VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = nullptr;
5380   TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr;
5381   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5382     NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
5383                             D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
5384                             R, TInfo, SC);
5385 
5386     if (D.isInvalidType())
5387       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5388   } else {
5389     bool Invalid = false;
5390 
5391     if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) {
5392       // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member.
5393       switch (SC) {
5394       case SC_None:
5395         break;
5396       case SC_Static:
5397         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5398              diag::err_static_out_of_line)
5399           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5400         break;
5401       case SC_Auto:
5402       case SC_Register:
5403       case SC_Extern:
5404         // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only
5405         // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters.
5406         // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration
5407         // of class members
5408 
5409         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5410              diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member)
5411           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5412         break;
5413       case SC_PrivateExtern:
5414         llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!");
5415       case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
5416         llvm_unreachable("OpenCL storage class in c++!");
5417       }
5418     }
5419 
5420     if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) {
5421       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
5422         if (RD->isLocalClass())
5423           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5424                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class)
5425             << Name << RD->getDeclName();
5426 
5427         // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member,
5428         // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction.
5429         if (RD->isUnion())
5430           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5431                getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
5432                  ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union
5433                  : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name;
5434         // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs.
5435         else if (!RD->getDeclName())
5436           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5437                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct)
5438             << Name << RD->isUnion();
5439       }
5440     }
5441 
5442     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
5443     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
5444     TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
5445         D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5446         D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
5447         D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId
5448             ? D.getName().TemplateId
5449             : nullptr,
5450         TemplateParamLists,
5451         /*never a friend*/ false, IsExplicitSpecialization, Invalid);
5452 
5453     if (TemplateParams) {
5454       if (!TemplateParams->size() &&
5455           D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
5456         // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain
5457         // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable.
5458         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
5459              diag::err_template_variable_noparams)
5460           << II
5461           << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
5462                          TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc());
5463         TemplateParams = nullptr;
5464       } else {
5465         if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
5466           // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization.
5467           // FIXME: Check that we can declare a specialization here.
5468           IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true;
5469           IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0;
5470         } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0)
5471           // This is a template declaration.
5472           IsVariableTemplate = true;
5473 
5474           // Check that we can declare a template here.
5475           if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
5476             return nullptr;
5477 
5478           // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651).
5479           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5480                getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14
5481                    ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template
5482                    : diag::ext_variable_template);
5483         }
5484       }
5485     } else {
5486       assert(D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId &&
5487              "should have a 'template<>' for this decl");
5488     }
5489 
5490     if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) {
5491       SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc =
5492           TemplateParamLists.size() > 0
5493               ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc()
5494               : SourceLocation();
5495       DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization(
5496           S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC,
5497           IsPartialSpecialization);
5498       if (Res.isInvalid())
5499         return nullptr;
5500       NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get());
5501       AddToScope = false;
5502     } else
5503       NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
5504                               D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC);
5505 
5506     // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such.
5507     if (IsVariableTemplate) {
5508       NewTemplate =
5509           VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name,
5510                                   TemplateParams, NewVD);
5511       NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate);
5512     }
5513 
5514     // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the
5515     // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer.
5516     if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType())
5517       ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD);
5518 
5519     if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) {
5520       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5521       if (NewTemplate)
5522         NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
5523     }
5524 
5525     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D);
5526 
5527     // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to
5528     // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them.
5529     unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0;
5530     if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists)
5531       NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(
5532           Context, TemplateParamLists.size() - VDTemplateParamLists,
5533           TemplateParamLists.data());
5534 
5535     if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
5536       NewVD->setConstexpr(true);
5537   }
5538 
5539   // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the
5540   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
5541   NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
5542   if (NewTemplate)
5543     NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
5544 
5545   if (IsLocalExternDecl)
5546     NewVD->setLocalExternDecl();
5547 
5548   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) {
5549     if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) {
5550       // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4:
5551       //   When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the
5552       //   storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear
5553       //   explicitly.
5554       // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared
5555       //   'extern'.
5556       if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified &&
5557           TSCS == DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local &&
5558           DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
5559         NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS);
5560       else
5561         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5562              diag::err_thread_non_global)
5563           << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
5564     } else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported())
5565       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5566            diag::err_thread_unsupported);
5567     else
5568       NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS);
5569   }
5570 
5571   // C99 6.7.4p3
5572   //   An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall
5573   //   not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or
5574   //   thread storage duration...
5575   // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined
5576   // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'.  Note
5577   // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to
5578   // be marked 'static'.  Also note that it's possible to get these
5579   // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)).
5580   if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != nullptr &&
5581       !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) {
5582     FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl();
5583     if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) {
5584       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5585            diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline);
5586       MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD);
5587     }
5588   }
5589 
5590   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
5591     if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization)
5592       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
5593           << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0)
5594           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
5595                  D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
5596     else if (IsExplicitSpecialization)
5597       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
5598         << 2
5599         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
5600     else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage())
5601       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
5602         << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName()
5603         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
5604         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
5605     else {
5606       NewVD->setModulePrivate();
5607       if (NewTemplate)
5608         NewTemplate->setModulePrivate();
5609     }
5610   }
5611 
5612   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
5613   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D);
5614 
5615   if (getLangOpts().CUDA) {
5616     // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static
5617     // storage [duration]."
5618     if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != nullptr &&
5619         (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() ||
5620          NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) {
5621       NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static);
5622     }
5623   }
5624 
5625   // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as
5626   // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can
5627   // check the VarDecl itself.
5628   assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() ||
5629          NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() ||
5630          NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None);
5631 
5632   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of
5633   // retainable type.
5634   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD))
5635     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5636 
5637   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
5638   if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) {
5639     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
5640     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
5641     StringRef Label = SE->getString();
5642     if (S->getFnParent() != nullptr) {
5643       switch (SC) {
5644       case SC_None:
5645       case SC_Auto:
5646         Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label;
5647         break;
5648       case SC_Register:
5649         // Local Named register
5650         if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label))
5651           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label;
5652         break;
5653       case SC_Static:
5654       case SC_Extern:
5655       case SC_PrivateExtern:
5656       case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
5657         break;
5658       }
5659     } else if (SC == SC_Register) {
5660       // Global Named register
5661       if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label))
5662         Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label;
5663       if (!R->isIntegralType(Context) && !R->isPointerType()) {
5664         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_asm_bad_register_type);
5665         NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true);
5666       }
5667     }
5668 
5669     NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0),
5670                                                 Context, Label, 0));
5671   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
5672     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
5673       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier());
5674     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
5675       NewVD->addAttr(I->second);
5676       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
5677     }
5678   }
5679 
5680   // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope.
5681   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty())
5682     CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous);
5683 
5684   // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different
5685   // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new
5686   // declaration has linkage).
5687   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD),
5688                        D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() ||
5689                        IsExplicitSpecialization ||
5690                        IsVariableTemplateSpecialization);
5691 
5692   // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This
5693   // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3.
5694   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
5695       NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage())
5696     NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope(
5697         Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() &&
5698         isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false));
5699 
5700   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5701     D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
5702   } else {
5703     // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it.
5704     if (IsExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
5705         CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous))
5706       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5707 
5708     // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate.
5709     if (!Previous.empty()) {
5710       if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
5711           isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) &&
5712           D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5713         // The user tried to define a non-static data member
5714         // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
5715         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line)
5716           << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5717         Previous.clear();
5718         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5719       }
5720     } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5721       // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope.
5722       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
5723         << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true)
5724         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5725       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5726     }
5727 
5728     if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization)
5729       D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
5730 
5731     if (NewTemplate) {
5732       VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate =
5733           NewVD->getPreviousDecl()
5734               ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate()
5735               : nullptr;
5736 
5737       // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly
5738       // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable
5739       // template declaration.
5740       if (CheckTemplateParameterList(
5741               TemplateParams,
5742               PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters()
5743                               : nullptr,
5744               (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() &&
5745                DC->isDependentContext())
5746                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
5747                   : TPC_VarTemplate))
5748         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5749 
5750       // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable
5751       // template, make a note of that.
5752       if (PrevVarTemplate &&
5753           PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate())
5754         PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization();
5755     }
5756   }
5757 
5758   ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD);
5759 
5760   // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update
5761   // the map of such variables.
5762   if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
5763       isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD))
5764     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S);
5765 
5766   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
5767     Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
5768     if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx =
5769             getCurrentMangleNumberContext(NewVD->getDeclContext(),
5770                                           ManglingContextDecl)) {
5771       Context.setManglingNumber(
5772           NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(NewVD, S->getMSLocalManglingNumber()));
5773       Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD));
5774     }
5775   }
5776 
5777   if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) {
5778     checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(
5779         *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewVD,
5780         IsExplicitSpecialization);
5781   }
5782 
5783   if (NewTemplate) {
5784     if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
5785       NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
5786     ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate);
5787     return NewTemplate;
5788   }
5789 
5790   return NewVD;
5791 }
5792 
5793 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing.  Implements
5794 /// -Wshadow.
5795 ///
5796 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful"
5797 /// scope.
5798 ///
5799 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared
5800 /// \param R the lookup of the name
5801 ///
5802 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) {
5803   // Return if warning is ignored.
5804   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()))
5805     return;
5806 
5807   // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope.
5808   if (D->hasGlobalStorage())
5809     return;
5810 
5811   DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext();
5812 
5813   // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable.
5814   if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found)
5815     return;
5816 
5817   NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
5818   if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5819     return;
5820 
5821   // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods.
5822   if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5823     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC))
5824       if (MD->isStatic())
5825         return;
5826 
5827   if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5828     if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) {
5829       // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global
5830       // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration.
5831       for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls())
5832         if (I->isFileVarDecl()) {
5833           ShadowedDecl = I;
5834           break;
5835         }
5836     }
5837 
5838   DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext();
5839 
5840   // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members.
5841   if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) {
5842     // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members.
5843     if (!OldDC->isRecord())
5844       return;
5845 
5846     // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing
5847     // static data members from base classes?
5848 
5849     // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members.
5850     // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the
5851     // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative.
5852   }
5853 
5854   // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing.
5855   unsigned Kind;
5856   if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) {
5857     if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5858       Kind = 3; // field
5859     else
5860       Kind = 2; // static data member
5861   } else if (OldDC->isFileContext())
5862     Kind = 1; // global
5863   else
5864     Kind = 0; // local
5865 
5866   DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
5867 
5868   // Emit warning and note.
5869   if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc()))
5870     return;
5871   Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC;
5872   Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
5873 }
5874 
5875 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup.
5876 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) {
5877   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()))
5878     return;
5879 
5880   LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(),
5881                  Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration);
5882   LookupName(R, S);
5883   CheckShadow(S, D, R);
5884 }
5885 
5886 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and
5887 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++.
5888 template<typename T>
5889 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(
5890     Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) {
5891   assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\"");
5892   NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName());
5893 
5894   if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) {
5895     // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C"
5896     // declaration.
5897     return false;
5898   }
5899 
5900   if (Prev) {
5901     if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) {
5902       // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a
5903       // redeclaration.
5904       Previous.clear();
5905       Previous.addDecl(Prev);
5906       return true;
5907     }
5908 
5909     // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous
5910     // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable
5911     // declaration.
5912     if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND))
5913       return false;
5914   } else {
5915     // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the
5916     // translation unit which might conflict.
5917     if (IsGlobal) {
5918       // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit.
5919       IsGlobal = false;
5920       for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end();
5921            I != E; ++I) {
5922         if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) {
5923           Prev = *I;
5924           break;
5925         }
5926       }
5927     } else {
5928       DeclContext::lookup_result R =
5929           S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName());
5930       for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end();
5931            I != E; ++I) {
5932         if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) {
5933           Prev = *I;
5934           break;
5935         }
5936         // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope,
5937         // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the
5938         // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name
5939         // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a
5940         // diagnostic.
5941       }
5942     }
5943 
5944     if (!Prev)
5945       return false;
5946   }
5947 
5948   // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which
5949   // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec.
5950   assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose");
5951   if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev))
5952     Prev = FD->getFirstDecl();
5953   else
5954     Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl();
5955 
5956   S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict)
5957     << IsGlobal << ND;
5958   S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict)
5959     << IsGlobal;
5960   return false;
5961 }
5962 
5963 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true
5964 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity.
5965 ///
5966 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6:
5967 ///   Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage
5968 ///   with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same
5969 ///   [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with
5970 ///   the same name as an entity in global scope.
5971 template<typename T>
5972 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND,
5973                                                   LookupResult &Previous) {
5974   if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5975     // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern'
5976     // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because
5977     // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext.
5978     if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
5979       if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) {
5980         Previous.clear();
5981         Previous.addDecl(Prev);
5982         return true;
5983       }
5984     }
5985     return false;
5986   }
5987 
5988   // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C"
5989   // declaration.
5990   if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit())
5991     return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous);
5992 
5993   // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the
5994   // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration
5995   // in another scope.
5996   if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND))
5997     return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous);
5998 
5999   // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do.
6000   return false;
6001 }
6002 
6003 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) {
6004   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
6005   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
6006     return;
6007 
6008   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo();
6009   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
6010 
6011   // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached.
6012   if (T->isUndeducedType())
6013     return;
6014 
6015   if (NewVD->hasAttrs())
6016     CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD);
6017 
6018   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
6019     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
6020       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*");
6021     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
6022     NewVD->setType(T);
6023   }
6024 
6025   // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage.
6026   // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not
6027   // automatic variables that point to other address spaces.
6028   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2
6029   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
6030     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl);
6031     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6032     return;
6033   }
6034 
6035   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the
6036   // __constant address space.
6037   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewVD->isFileVarDecl()
6038       && T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_constant
6039       && !T->isSamplerT()){
6040     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space);
6041     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6042     return;
6043   }
6044 
6045   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program
6046   // scope.
6047   if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120)
6048       && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
6049     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope);
6050     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6051     return;
6052   }
6053 
6054   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak()
6055       && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
6056     if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC)
6057       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local);
6058     else {
6059       assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount);
6060       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local);
6061     }
6062   }
6063 
6064   bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType();
6065   if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() ||
6066       NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
6067     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
6068 
6069   if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) ||
6070       (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) {
6071     bool SizeIsNegative;
6072     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
6073     TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
6074       TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
6075                                                     SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
6076     if (!FixedTInfo && T->isVariableArrayType()) {
6077       const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T);
6078       // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for
6079       // int a[10][n];
6080       SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange();
6081 
6082       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
6083         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope)
6084         << SizeRange;
6085       else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal())
6086         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage)
6087         << SizeRange;
6088       else
6089         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage)
6090         << SizeRange;
6091       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6092       return;
6093     }
6094 
6095     if (!FixedTInfo) {
6096       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
6097         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
6098       else
6099         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage);
6100       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6101       return;
6102     }
6103 
6104     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
6105     NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType());
6106     NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
6107   }
6108 
6109   if (T->isVoidType()) {
6110     // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names
6111     //                    of objects and functions.
6112     if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6113       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
6114         << T;
6115       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6116       return;
6117     }
6118   }
6119 
6120   if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
6121     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
6122     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6123     return;
6124   }
6125 
6126   if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
6127     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm);
6128     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6129     return;
6130   }
6131 
6132   if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() &&
6133       RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T,
6134                          diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) {
6135     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6136     return;
6137   }
6138 }
6139 
6140 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable
6141 /// declaration.
6142 ///
6143 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a
6144 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to
6145 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators
6146 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables
6147 /// that have been instantiated from a template.
6148 ///
6149 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered.
6150 ///
6151 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration.
6152 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) {
6153   CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD);
6154 
6155   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
6156   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
6157     return false;
6158 
6159   // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible
6160   // extern "C" declaration with the same name.
6161   if (Previous.empty() &&
6162       checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous))
6163     Previous.setShadowed();
6164 
6165   // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations.
6166   filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewVD, Previous);
6167 
6168   if (!Previous.empty()) {
6169     MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous);
6170     return true;
6171   }
6172   return false;
6173 }
6174 
6175 /// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod
6176 struct FindOverriddenMethodData {
6177   Sema *S;
6178   CXXMethodDecl *Method;
6179 };
6180 
6181 /// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++
6182 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with
6183 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases().
6184 static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier,
6185                                  CXXBasePath &Path,
6186                                  void *UserData) {
6187   RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
6188 
6189   FindOverriddenMethodData *Data
6190     = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData);
6191 
6192   DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName();
6193 
6194   // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too?
6195   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
6196     // We really want to find the base class destructor here.
6197     QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord);
6198     CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T);
6199 
6200     Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT);
6201   }
6202 
6203   for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name);
6204        !Path.Decls.empty();
6205        Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) {
6206     NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front();
6207     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
6208       if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false))
6209         return true;
6210     }
6211   }
6212 
6213   return false;
6214 }
6215 
6216 namespace {
6217   enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted };
6218 }
6219 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant
6220 /// overriden methods.
6221 ///
6222 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report.
6223 /// \param MD the overriding method.
6224 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes.
6225 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD,
6226                             OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) {
6227   S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName();
6228   for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(),
6229                                       E = MD->end_overridden_methods();
6230        I != E; ++I) {
6231     // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but
6232     // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing
6233     // out the diag loop 3 times.
6234     if ((OEK == OEK_All) ||
6235         (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) ||
6236         (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted()))
6237       S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
6238   }
6239 }
6240 
6241 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes,
6242 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it.
6243 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
6244   // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override.
6245   CXXBasePaths Paths;
6246   FindOverriddenMethodData Data;
6247   Data.Method = MD;
6248   Data.S = this;
6249   bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false;
6250   bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false;
6251   bool AddedAny = false;
6252   if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) {
6253     for (auto *I : Paths.found_decls()) {
6254       if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(I)) {
6255         MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl());
6256         if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) &&
6257             !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) &&
6258             !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) &&
6259             !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) {
6260           hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted();
6261           hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted();
6262           AddedAny = true;
6263         }
6264       }
6265     }
6266   }
6267 
6268   if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) {
6269     ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted);
6270   }
6271   if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) {
6272     ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted);
6273   }
6274 
6275   return AddedAny;
6276 }
6277 
6278 namespace {
6279   // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by
6280   // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator.
6281   struct ActOnFDArgs {
6282     Scope *S;
6283     Declarator &D;
6284     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists;
6285     bool AddToScope;
6286   };
6287 }
6288 
6289 namespace {
6290 
6291 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance.
6292 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl.
6293 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
6294  public:
6295   DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD,
6296                             CXXRecordDecl *Parent)
6297       : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD),
6298         ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr) {}
6299 
6300   bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override {
6301     if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0)
6302       return false;
6303 
6304     SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
6305     for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(),
6306                                           CDeclEnd = candidate.end();
6307          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
6308       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
6309 
6310       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
6311           hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) {
6312         if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
6313           CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent();
6314           if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent)
6315             return true;
6316         } else if (!ExpectedParent) {
6317           return true;
6318         }
6319       }
6320     }
6321 
6322     return false;
6323   }
6324 
6325  private:
6326   ASTContext &Context;
6327   FunctionDecl *OriginalFD;
6328   CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent;
6329 };
6330 
6331 }
6332 
6333 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration.
6334 ///
6335 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid
6336 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations
6337 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with
6338 /// the same name.
6339 ///
6340 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in
6341 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors.
6342 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
6343     Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
6344     ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) {
6345   DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName();
6346   DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext();
6347   SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
6348   SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches;
6349   TypoCorrection Correction;
6350   bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition();
6351   unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend
6352                                    : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match;
6353   LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(),
6354                     IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName
6355                                   : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName,
6356                     Sema::ForRedeclaration);
6357 
6358   NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6359   if (IsLocalFriend)
6360     SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S);
6361   else
6362     SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC);
6363   assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() &&
6364          "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup");
6365   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
6366   DifferentNameValidatorCCC Validator(SemaRef.Context, NewFD,
6367                                       MD ? MD->getParent() : nullptr);
6368   if (!Prev.empty()) {
6369     for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end();
6370          Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
6371       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func);
6372       if (FD &&
6373           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
6374         // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't
6375         // involve a parameter
6376         unsigned ParamNum =
6377             MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1;
6378         NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum));
6379       }
6380     }
6381   // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction
6382   } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo(
6383                  Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S,
6384                  &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(), Validator,
6385                  Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery, IsLocalFriend ? nullptr : NewDC))) {
6386     // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator
6387     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(),
6388                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
6389     Previous.clear();
6390     Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection());
6391     for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(),
6392                                     CDeclEnd = Correction.end();
6393          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
6394       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
6395       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
6396           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
6397         Previous.addDecl(FD);
6398       }
6399     }
6400     bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration();
6401 
6402     NamedDecl *Result;
6403     // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous
6404     // declarations, and with errors suppressed.
6405     {
6406       // Trap errors.
6407       Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef);
6408 
6409       // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the
6410       // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully
6411       // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs.
6412       Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator(
6413           ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D,
6414           Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(),
6415           NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists,
6416           ExtraArgs.AddToScope);
6417 
6418       if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred())
6419         Result = nullptr;
6420     }
6421 
6422     if (Result) {
6423       // Determine which correction we picked.
6424       Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl();
6425       for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end();
6426            I != E; ++I)
6427         if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical)
6428           Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I);
6429 
6430       SemaRef.diagnoseTypo(
6431           Correction,
6432           SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend
6433                           ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest
6434                           : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest)
6435             << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition);
6436       return Result;
6437     }
6438 
6439     // Pretend the typo correction never occurred
6440     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(),
6441                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
6442     ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration);
6443     Previous.clear();
6444     Previous.setLookupName(Name);
6445   }
6446 
6447   SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg)
6448       << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation();
6449 
6450   bool NewFDisConst = false;
6451   if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
6452     NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst();
6453 
6454   for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator
6455        NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end();
6456        NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) {
6457     FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first;
6458     CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD);
6459     bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst();
6460     bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend;
6461 
6462     // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case.
6463     if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) {
6464       ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1);
6465       SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc();
6466       if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation();
6467       SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match
6468                                  : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match)
6469         << Idx << FDParam->getType()
6470         << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType();
6471     } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) {
6472       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match)
6473           << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd();
6474     } else
6475       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(),
6476                    IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match
6477                             : diag::note_local_decl_close_match);
6478   }
6479   return nullptr;
6480 }
6481 
6482 static FunctionDecl::StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef,
6483                                                           Declarator &D) {
6484   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) {
6485   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!");
6486   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:
6487   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:
6488   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:
6489     SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6490                  diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func);
6491     D.setInvalidType();
6492     break;
6493   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break;
6494   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
6495     if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec())
6496       return SC_None;
6497     return SC_Extern;
6498   case DeclSpec::SCS_static: {
6499     if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
6500       // C99 6.7.1p5:
6501       //   The declaration of an identifier for a function that has
6502       //   block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier
6503       //   other than extern
6504       // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4).
6505       SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6506                    diag::err_static_block_func);
6507       break;
6508     } else
6509       return SC_Static;
6510   }
6511   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
6512   }
6513 
6514   // No explicit storage class has already been returned
6515   return SC_None;
6516 }
6517 
6518 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D,
6519                                            DeclContext *DC, QualType &R,
6520                                            TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
6521                                            FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC,
6522                                            bool &IsVirtualOkay) {
6523   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D);
6524   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
6525 
6526   FunctionDecl *NewFD = nullptr;
6527   bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
6528 
6529   if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6530     // Determine whether the function was written with a
6531     // prototype. This true when:
6532     //   - there is a prototype in the declarator, or
6533     //   - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference
6534     //     to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type).
6535     bool HasPrototype =
6536       (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) ||
6537       (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType());
6538 
6539     NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
6540                                  D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
6541                                  TInfo, SC, isInline,
6542                                  HasPrototype, false);
6543     if (D.isInvalidType())
6544       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6545 
6546     // Set the lexical context.
6547     NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(SemaRef.CurContext);
6548 
6549     return NewFD;
6550   }
6551 
6552   bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
6553   bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
6554 
6555   // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type.
6556   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
6557   // the class has been completely parsed.
6558   if (!DC->isRecord() &&
6559       SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType(
6560           D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(),
6561           diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType))
6562     D.setInvalidType();
6563 
6564   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) {
6565     // This is a C++ constructor declaration.
6566     assert(DC->isRecord() &&
6567            "Constructors can only be declared in a member context");
6568 
6569     R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
6570     return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
6571                                       D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
6572                                       R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline,
6573                                       /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false,
6574                                       isConstexpr);
6575 
6576   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
6577     // This is a C++ destructor declaration.
6578     if (DC->isRecord()) {
6579       R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
6580       CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
6581       CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(
6582                                         SemaRef.Context, Record,
6583                                         D.getLocStart(),
6584                                         NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline,
6585                                         /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false);
6586 
6587       // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception
6588       // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do
6589       // it yet.
6590       if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() &&
6591           Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() &&
6592           R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) {
6593         SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD);
6594       }
6595 
6596       IsVirtualOkay = true;
6597       return NewDD;
6598 
6599     } else {
6600       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member);
6601       D.setInvalidType();
6602 
6603       // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing
6604       // code path.
6605       return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
6606                                   D.getLocStart(),
6607                                   D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo,
6608                                   SC, isInline,
6609                                   /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr);
6610     }
6611 
6612   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) {
6613     if (!DC->isRecord()) {
6614       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6615            diag::err_conv_function_not_member);
6616       return nullptr;
6617     }
6618 
6619     SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC);
6620     IsVirtualOkay = true;
6621     return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
6622                                      D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
6623                                      R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit,
6624                                      isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
6625 
6626   } else if (DC->isRecord()) {
6627     // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record,
6628     // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type.
6629     // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a
6630     // constructor if it has no return type).
6631     if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() &&
6632         Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){
6633       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type)
6634         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc())
6635         << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc());
6636       return nullptr;
6637     }
6638 
6639     // This is a C++ method declaration.
6640     CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context,
6641                                                cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
6642                                                D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
6643                                                TInfo, SC, isInline,
6644                                                isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
6645     IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic();
6646     return Ret;
6647   } else {
6648     // Determine whether the function was written with a
6649     // prototype. This true when:
6650     //   - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype),
6651     return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
6652                                 D.getLocStart(),
6653                                 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline,
6654                                 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr);
6655   }
6656 }
6657 
6658 enum OpenCLParamType {
6659   ValidKernelParam,
6660   PtrPtrKernelParam,
6661   PtrKernelParam,
6662   PrivatePtrKernelParam,
6663   InvalidKernelParam,
6664   RecordKernelParam
6665 };
6666 
6667 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QualType PT) {
6668   if (PT->isPointerType()) {
6669     QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType();
6670     if (PointeeType->isPointerType())
6671       return PtrPtrKernelParam;
6672     return PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == 0 ? PrivatePtrKernelParam
6673                                               : PtrKernelParam;
6674   }
6675 
6676   // TODO: Forbid the other integer types (size_t, ptrdiff_t...) when they can
6677   // be used as builtin types.
6678 
6679   if (PT->isImageType())
6680     return PtrKernelParam;
6681 
6682   if (PT->isBooleanType())
6683     return InvalidKernelParam;
6684 
6685   if (PT->isEventT())
6686     return InvalidKernelParam;
6687 
6688   if (PT->isHalfType())
6689     return InvalidKernelParam;
6690 
6691   if (PT->isRecordType())
6692     return RecordKernelParam;
6693 
6694   return ValidKernelParam;
6695 }
6696 
6697 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(
6698   Sema &S,
6699   Declarator &D,
6700   ParmVarDecl *Param,
6701   llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const Type *> &ValidTypes) {
6702   QualType PT = Param->getType();
6703 
6704   // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are
6705   // used again
6706   if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr()))
6707     return;
6708 
6709   switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(PT)) {
6710   case PtrPtrKernelParam:
6711     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a:
6712     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a
6713     // pointer to a pointer type.
6714     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param);
6715     D.setInvalidType();
6716     return;
6717 
6718   case PrivatePtrKernelParam:
6719     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a:
6720     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a
6721     // pointer to the private address space.
6722     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_private_ptr_kernel_param);
6723     D.setInvalidType();
6724     return;
6725 
6726     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k:
6727     // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the
6728     // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and
6729     // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be
6730     // one of these built-in scalar types.
6731 
6732   case InvalidKernelParam:
6733     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n:
6734     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared
6735     // of event_t type.
6736     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT;
6737     D.setInvalidType();
6738     return;
6739 
6740   case PtrKernelParam:
6741   case ValidKernelParam:
6742     ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr());
6743     return;
6744 
6745   case RecordKernelParam:
6746     break;
6747   }
6748 
6749   // Track nested structs we will inspect
6750   SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack;
6751 
6752   // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from
6753   // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field.
6754   SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack;
6755   HistoryStack.push_back(nullptr);
6756 
6757   const RecordDecl *PD = PT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
6758   VisitStack.push_back(PD);
6759 
6760   assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?");
6761 
6762   do {
6763     const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val();
6764     if (!Next) {
6765       assert(!HistoryStack.empty());
6766       // Found a marker, we have gone up a level
6767       if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val())
6768         ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr());
6769 
6770       continue;
6771     }
6772 
6773     // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a
6774     // field itself) to the history stack.
6775     const RecordDecl *RD;
6776     if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) {
6777       HistoryStack.push_back(Field);
6778       RD = Field->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
6779     } else {
6780       RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next);
6781     }
6782 
6783     // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level
6784     VisitStack.push_back(nullptr);
6785 
6786     for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
6787       QualType QT = FD->getType();
6788 
6789       if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr()))
6790         continue;
6791 
6792       OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QT);
6793       if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam)
6794         continue;
6795 
6796       if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) {
6797         VisitStack.push_back(FD);
6798         continue;
6799       }
6800 
6801       // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p:
6802       // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union
6803       // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or
6804       // union.
6805       if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam ||
6806           ParamType == PrivatePtrKernelParam) {
6807         S.Diag(Param->getLocation(),
6808                diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param)
6809           << PT->isUnionType()
6810           << PT;
6811       } else {
6812         S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT;
6813       }
6814 
6815       S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type)
6816         << PD->getDeclName();
6817 
6818       // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where
6819       // the offending field came from
6820       for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1,
6821              E = HistoryStack.end(); I != E; ++I) {
6822         const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I;
6823         S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type)
6824           << OuterField->getType();
6825       }
6826 
6827       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here)
6828         << QT->isPointerType()
6829         << QT;
6830       D.setInvalidType();
6831       return;
6832     }
6833   } while (!VisitStack.empty());
6834 }
6835 
6836 NamedDecl*
6837 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
6838                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
6839                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
6840                               bool &AddToScope) {
6841   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
6842 
6843   assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType());
6844 
6845   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
6846   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
6847   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
6848   FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D);
6849 
6850   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec())
6851     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6852          diag::err_invalid_thread)
6853       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
6854 
6855   if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember())
6856     adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember());
6857 
6858   bool isFriend = false;
6859   FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = nullptr;
6860   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
6861   bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
6862 
6863   bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false;
6864   bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
6865   TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs;
6866 
6867   bool isVirtualOkay = false;
6868 
6869   DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC;
6870   bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC);
6871 
6872   FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC,
6873                                               isVirtualOkay);
6874   if (!NewFD) return nullptr;
6875 
6876   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer())
6877     NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
6878 
6879   // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a
6880   // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical
6881   // context will be different from the semantic context.
6882   NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
6883 
6884   if (IsLocalExternDecl)
6885     NewFD->setLocalExternDecl();
6886 
6887   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6888     bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
6889     bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified();
6890     bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
6891     bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
6892     isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
6893     if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
6894       // C++ [class.friend]p5
6895       //   A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a
6896       //   class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline.
6897       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
6898     }
6899 
6900     // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor
6901     // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already
6902     // return true).
6903     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent =
6904           dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) {
6905       if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided())
6906         NewFD->setPure(true);
6907     }
6908 
6909     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D);
6910     isExplicitSpecialization = false;
6911     isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
6912     if (D.isInvalidType())
6913       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6914 
6915     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
6916     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
6917     bool Invalid = false;
6918     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams =
6919             MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
6920                 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6921                 D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
6922                 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId
6923                     ? D.getName().TemplateId
6924                     : nullptr,
6925                 TemplateParamLists, isFriend, isExplicitSpecialization,
6926                 Invalid)) {
6927       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
6928         // This is a function template
6929 
6930         // Check that we can declare a template here.
6931         if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
6932           return nullptr;
6933 
6934         // A destructor cannot be a template.
6935         if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
6936           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template);
6937           return nullptr;
6938         }
6939 
6940         // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to
6941         // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list,
6942         // now that we know what the current instantiation is.
6943         if (DC->isDependentContext()) {
6944           ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
6945           if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams))
6946             Invalid = true;
6947         }
6948 
6949 
6950         FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC,
6951                                                         NewFD->getLocation(),
6952                                                         Name, TemplateParams,
6953                                                         NewFD);
6954         FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
6955         NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate);
6956 
6957         // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists.
6958         if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) {
6959           NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
6960                                                TemplateParamLists.size() - 1,
6961                                                TemplateParamLists.data());
6962         }
6963       } else {
6964         // This is a function template specialization.
6965         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
6966         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
6967         if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0)
6968           NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
6969                                                TemplateParamLists.size(),
6970                                                TemplateParamLists.data());
6971 
6972         // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);".
6973         if (isFriend) {
6974           // We want to remove the "template<>", found here.
6975           SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange();
6976 
6977           // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a
6978           // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem:
6979           // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl,
6980           // and clearly the user wants a template specialization.  So
6981           // we need to insert '<>' after the name.
6982           SourceLocation InsertLoc;
6983           if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
6984             InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd();
6985             InsertLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc);
6986           }
6987 
6988           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend)
6989             << Name << RemoveRange
6990             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange)
6991             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>");
6992         }
6993       }
6994     }
6995     else {
6996       // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier:
6997       // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template.
6998       if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0)
6999         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
7000         NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
7001                                              TemplateParamLists.size(),
7002                                              TemplateParamLists.data());
7003     }
7004 
7005     if (Invalid) {
7006       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7007       if (FunctionTemplate)
7008         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
7009     }
7010 
7011     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5:
7012     //   The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of
7013     //   nonstatic class member functions that appear within a
7014     //   member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3.
7015     //
7016     if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7017       if (!isVirtualOkay) {
7018         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
7019              diag::err_virtual_non_function);
7020       } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
7021         // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class.
7022         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
7023              diag::err_virtual_out_of_class)
7024           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
7025       } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
7026         // C++ [temp.mem]p3:
7027         //  A member function template shall not be virtual.
7028         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
7029              diag::err_virtual_member_function_template)
7030           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
7031       } else {
7032         // Okay: Add virtual to the method.
7033         NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true);
7034       }
7035 
7036       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 &&
7037           NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType())
7038         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual);
7039     }
7040 
7041     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 &&
7042         (NewFD->isDependentContext() ||
7043          (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) &&
7044         NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) {
7045       // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a
7046       // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type.
7047       // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane
7048       // thing to do.
7049       // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being
7050       // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work.
7051       const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
7052           NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
7053       QualType Result =
7054           SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy);
7055       NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(),
7056                                              FPT->getExtProtoInfo()));
7057     }
7058 
7059     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3:
7060     //  The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function
7061     //  declaration.
7062     if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7063       if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
7064         // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration.
7065         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
7066              diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name
7067           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc());
7068       }
7069     }
7070 
7071     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6:
7072     //  The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a
7073     //  constructor or conversion function within its class definition;
7074     //  see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2.
7075     if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7076       if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
7077         // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class.
7078         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
7079              diag::err_explicit_out_of_class)
7080           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
7081       } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) &&
7082                  !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
7083         // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor
7084         // or conversion function.
7085         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
7086              diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function)
7087           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
7088       }
7089     }
7090 
7091     if (isConstexpr) {
7092       // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors
7093       // are implicitly inline.
7094       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
7095 
7096       // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to
7097       // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore,
7098       // destructors cannot be declared constexpr.
7099       if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD))
7100         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor);
7101     }
7102 
7103     // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly.
7104     if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
7105       if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
7106         SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc
7107           = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc();
7108         Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization)
7109           << 0
7110           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
7111       } else {
7112         NewFD->setModulePrivate();
7113         if (FunctionTemplate)
7114           FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate();
7115       }
7116     }
7117 
7118     if (isFriend) {
7119       if (FunctionTemplate) {
7120         FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl();
7121         FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public);
7122       }
7123       NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl();
7124       NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
7125     }
7126 
7127     // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now.
7128     // FIXME: Does this ever happen? ActOnStartOfFunctionDef forces the function
7129     // definition kind to FDK_Definition.
7130     switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) {
7131       case FDK_Declaration:
7132       case FDK_Definition:
7133         break;
7134 
7135       case FDK_Defaulted:
7136         NewFD->setDefaulted();
7137         break;
7138 
7139       case FDK_Deleted:
7140         NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten();
7141         break;
7142     }
7143 
7144     if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext &&
7145         D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
7146       // C++ [class.mfct]p2:
7147       //   A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in
7148       //   which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2)
7149       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
7150     }
7151 
7152     if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) &&
7153         !CurContext->isRecord()) {
7154       // C++ [class.static]p1:
7155       //   A data or function member of a class may be declared static
7156       //   in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of
7157       //   the class.
7158 
7159       // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line
7160       // member function definition.
7161       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
7162            diag::err_static_out_of_line)
7163         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7164     }
7165 
7166     // C++11 [except.spec]p15:
7167     //   A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated
7168     //   as if it were specified with noexcept(true).
7169     const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
7170     if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete ||
7171          Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) &&
7172         getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec())
7173       NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(
7174           FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(),
7175           FPT->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(EST_BasicNoexcept)));
7176   }
7177 
7178   // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope.
7179   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD),
7180                        D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() ||
7181                        isExplicitSpecialization ||
7182                        isFunctionTemplateSpecialization);
7183 
7184   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
7185   if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) {
7186     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
7187     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
7188     NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context,
7189                                                 SE->getString(), 0));
7190   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
7191     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
7192       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier());
7193     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
7194       NewFD->addAttr(I->second);
7195       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
7196     }
7197   }
7198 
7199   // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function
7200   // declaration NewFD, if they are available.  First scavenge them into Params.
7201   SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
7202   if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) {
7203     DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
7204 
7205     // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs
7206     // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a
7207     // single void argument.
7208     // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator
7209     // already checks for that case.
7210     if (FTIHasNonVoidParameters(FTI) && FTI.Params[0].Param) {
7211       for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) {
7212         ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param);
7213         assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?");
7214         Param->setDeclContext(NewFD);
7215         Params.push_back(Param);
7216 
7217         if (Param->isInvalidDecl())
7218           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7219       }
7220     }
7221 
7222   } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
7223     // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the
7224     // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed)
7225     // parameters for use in the declaration.
7226     //
7227     // @code
7228     // typedef void fn(int);
7229     // fn f;
7230     // @endcode
7231 
7232     // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type.
7233     for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) {
7234       ParmVarDecl *Param =
7235           BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI);
7236       Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
7237       Params.push_back(Param);
7238     }
7239   } else {
7240     assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 &&
7241            "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn");
7242   }
7243 
7244   // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them.
7245   NewFD->setParams(Params);
7246 
7247   // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function
7248   // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in:
7249   //
7250   //   void f(enum Y {AA} x) {}
7251   //
7252   // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope.
7253   NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope);
7254   DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear();
7255 
7256   if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified())
7257     NewFD->addAttr(
7258         ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(),
7259                                        Context, 0));
7260 
7261   // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2
7262   // because all functions have linkage.
7263   if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7264       NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
7265     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl);
7266     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7267   }
7268 
7269   if (D.isFunctionDefinition() && CodeSegStack.CurrentValue &&
7270       !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) {
7271     NewFD->addAttr(
7272         SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate,
7273                                     CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(),
7274                                     CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation));
7275     if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(),
7276                      PSF_Implicit | PSF_Execute | PSF_Read, NewFD))
7277       NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>();
7278   }
7279 
7280   // Handle attributes.
7281   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D);
7282 
7283   QualType RetType = NewFD->getReturnType();
7284   const CXXRecordDecl *Ret = RetType->isRecordType() ?
7285       RetType->getAsCXXRecordDecl() : RetType->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl();
7286   if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && !NewFD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>() &&
7287       Ret && Ret->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>()) {
7288     const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
7289     // Attach WarnUnusedResult to functions returning types with that attribute.
7290     // Don't apply the attribute to that type's own non-static member functions
7291     // (to avoid warning on things like assignment operators)
7292     if (!MD || MD->getParent() != Ret)
7293       NewFD->addAttr(WarnUnusedResultAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
7294   }
7295 
7296   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
7297     // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return
7298     // type declaration will generate a compilation error.
7299     unsigned AddressSpace = RetType.getAddressSpace();
7300     if (AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_local ||
7301         AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_global ||
7302         AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_constant) {
7303       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7304            diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space);
7305       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7306     }
7307   }
7308 
7309   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7310     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
7311     bool isExplicitSpecialization=false;
7312     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain())
7313       CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
7314 
7315     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint())
7316       CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD);
7317 
7318     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7319       D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
7320                                                   isExplicitSpecialization));
7321     else if (!Previous.empty())
7322       // Make graceful recovery from an invalid redeclaration.
7323       D.setRedeclaration(true);
7324     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
7325             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
7326            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
7327   } else {
7328     // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3:
7329     //  The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline.
7330     //
7331     // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340.
7332     //
7333     // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since
7334     // that forces an external definition to be emitted.
7335     if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() &&
7336         NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() &&
7337         !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>())
7338       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
7339            diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline)
7340         << NewFD->getDeclName();
7341 
7342     // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template
7343     // argument list into our AST format.
7344     if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
7345       TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId;
7346       TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
7347       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
7348       ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
7349                                          TemplateId->NumArgs);
7350       translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr,
7351                                  TemplateArgs);
7352 
7353       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
7354 
7355       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7356         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
7357       } else if (FunctionTemplate) {
7358         // Function template with explicit template arguments.
7359         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec)
7360           << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
7361 
7362         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
7363       } else {
7364         assert((isFunctionTemplateSpecialization ||
7365                 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) &&
7366                "should have a 'template<>' for this decl");
7367         // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl.
7368         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
7369       }
7370     } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
7371       // This combination is only possible in a recovery case;  the user
7372       // wrote something like:
7373       //   template <> friend void foo(int);
7374       // which we're recovering from as if the user had written:
7375       //   friend void foo<>(int);
7376       // Go ahead and fake up a template id.
7377       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
7378       TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
7379       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
7380     }
7381 
7382     // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible
7383     // that either the specialized function type or the specialized
7384     // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail.  In
7385     // this case, don't check the specialization yet.
7386     bool InstantiationDependent = false;
7387     if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend &&
7388         (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() ||
7389          TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments(
7390             TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(),
7391             InstantiationDependent))) {
7392       assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs &&
7393              "friend function specialization without template args");
7394       if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs,
7395                                                        Previous))
7396         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7397     } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
7398       if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord()
7399           && !isFriend) {
7400         isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true;
7401         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ?
7402           diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class :
7403           diag::err_function_specialization_in_class)
7404           << NewFD->getDeclName();
7405       } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD,
7406                                   (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs
7407                                                            : nullptr),
7408                                                      Previous))
7409         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7410 
7411       // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
7412       //   A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit
7413       //   specialization (14.7.3)
7414       FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info =
7415           NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo();
7416       if (Info && SC != SC_None) {
7417         if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass())
7418           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7419                diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class)
7420             << SC
7421             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
7422                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7423 
7424         else
7425           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7426                diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class)
7427             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
7428                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7429       }
7430 
7431     } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
7432       if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous))
7433           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7434     }
7435 
7436     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
7437     if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
7438       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain())
7439         CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
7440 
7441       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint())
7442         CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD);
7443 
7444       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7445         D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
7446                                                     isExplicitSpecialization));
7447     }
7448 
7449     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
7450             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
7451            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
7452 
7453     NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate
7454                                 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate)
7455                                 : NewFD);
7456 
7457     if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) {
7458       AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public;
7459       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7460         Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess();
7461 
7462       NewFD->setAccess(Access);
7463       if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access);
7464     }
7465 
7466     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() &&
7467         PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary))
7468       PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator();
7469 
7470     // If we have a function template, check the template parameter
7471     // list. This will check and merge default template arguments.
7472     if (FunctionTemplate) {
7473       FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate =
7474                                      FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl();
7475       CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
7476                        PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters()
7477                                     : nullptr,
7478                             D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()
7479                               ? (D.isFunctionDefinition()
7480                                    ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition
7481                                    : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate)
7482                               : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() &&
7483                                  DC && DC->isRecord() &&
7484                                  DC->isDependentContext())
7485                                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
7486                                   : TPC_FunctionTemplate);
7487     }
7488 
7489     if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7490       // Ignore all the rest of this.
7491     } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) {
7492       struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists,
7493                                        AddToScope };
7494       // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member.
7495       if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext()))
7496         NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
7497 
7498       // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration.
7499       if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
7500         // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or
7501         // dependent-scope friend declarations.
7502 
7503         // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent
7504         // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when
7505         // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be
7506         // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor.  But there
7507         // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we
7508         // can actually do this check immediately.
7509         if (isFriend &&
7510             (TemplateParamLists.size() ||
7511              D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() ||
7512              CurContext->isDependentContext())) {
7513           // ignore these
7514         } else {
7515           // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a
7516           // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there
7517           // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2,
7518           // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example:
7519           //
7520           // class X {
7521           //   void f() const;
7522           // };
7523           //
7524           // void X::f() { } // ill-formed
7525           //
7526           // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close
7527           // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and
7528           // whether the parameter types are references).
7529 
7530           if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
7531                   *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, nullptr)) {
7532             AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
7533             return Result;
7534           }
7535         }
7536 
7537         // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve
7538         // to something.
7539       } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) {
7540         if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
7541                 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) {
7542           AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
7543           return Result;
7544         }
7545       }
7546 
7547     } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() &&
7548                isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() &&
7549                !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization &&
7550                !isExplicitSpecialization) {
7551       // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a
7552       // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2).
7553       // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of
7554       // function templates or member functions of class templates, per
7555       // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an
7556       // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to
7557       // generate them.
7558       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration)
7559         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
7560     }
7561   }
7562 
7563   ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD);
7564   checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD);
7565 
7566   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD);
7567 
7568   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() &&
7569       !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
7570     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7571          diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype)
7572       << NewFD;
7573 
7574     // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters.
7575     const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
7576     FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI(
7577         Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false));
7578     EPI.Variadic = true;
7579     EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo();
7580 
7581     QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI);
7582     NewFD->setType(R);
7583   }
7584 
7585   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
7586   // member, set the visibility of this function.
7587   if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible())
7588     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD);
7589 
7590   // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider
7591   // marking the function.
7592   AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD);
7593 
7594   // If this is a function definition, check if we have to apply optnone due to
7595   // a pragma.
7596   if(D.isFunctionDefinition())
7597     AddRangeBasedOptnone(NewFD);
7598 
7599   // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update
7600   // the map of such variables.
7601   if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7602       isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD))
7603     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S);
7604 
7605   // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren.
7606   NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd());
7607 
7608   if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) {
7609     checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(
7610         *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewFD,
7611         isExplicitSpecialization || isFunctionTemplateSpecialization);
7612   }
7613 
7614   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7615     if (FunctionTemplate) {
7616       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7617         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
7618       return FunctionTemplate;
7619     }
7620   }
7621 
7622   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
7623     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions.
7624     if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120)
7625         && (SC == SC_Static)) {
7626       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel);
7627       D.setInvalidType();
7628     }
7629 
7630     // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void.
7631     if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) {
7632       SourceRange RTRange = NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
7633       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type)
7634           << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "void")
7635                                 : FixItHint());
7636       D.setInvalidType();
7637     }
7638 
7639     llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes;
7640     for (auto Param : NewFD->params())
7641       checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes);
7642   }
7643 
7644   MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD);
7645 
7646   if (getLangOpts().CUDA)
7647     if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier())
7648       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7649           NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
7650         if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) {
7651           if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType())
7652             Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return);
7653 
7654           Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD);
7655         }
7656       }
7657 
7658   // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope.
7659   // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation
7660   // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node.
7661   if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
7662     ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec =
7663                          ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create(
7664                                 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(),
7665                                 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD),
7666                                 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs);
7667     CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec);
7668     AddToScope = false;
7669   }
7670 
7671   return NewFD;
7672 }
7673 
7674 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration.
7675 ///
7676 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration
7677 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not
7678 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is
7679 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed
7680 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions
7681 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called
7682 /// via InstantiateDecl).
7683 ///
7684 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is
7685 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration.
7686 ///
7687 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error.
7688 ///
7689 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration.
7690 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
7691                                     LookupResult &Previous,
7692                                     bool IsExplicitSpecialization) {
7693   assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() &&
7694          "Variably modified return types are not handled here");
7695 
7696   // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with
7697   // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++,
7698   // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible.
7699   bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
7700                                !Previous.isShadowed();
7701 
7702   // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations.
7703   filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous);
7704 
7705   bool Redeclaration = false;
7706   NamedDecl *OldDecl = nullptr;
7707 
7708   // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of
7709   // the same name, if appropriate.
7710   if (!Previous.empty()) {
7711     // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or
7712     // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload,
7713     // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new
7714     // function to the scope.
7715     if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) {
7716       NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getFoundDecl();
7717       if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) {
7718         Redeclaration = true;
7719         OldDecl = Candidate;
7720       }
7721     } else {
7722       switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl,
7723                             /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) {
7724       case Ovl_Match:
7725         Redeclaration = true;
7726         break;
7727 
7728       case Ovl_NonFunction:
7729         Redeclaration = true;
7730         break;
7731 
7732       case Ovl_Overload:
7733         Redeclaration = false;
7734         break;
7735       }
7736 
7737       if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
7738         // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function
7739         // with that name must be marked "overloadable".
7740         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing)
7741           << Redeclaration << NewFD;
7742         NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = nullptr;
7743         if (Redeclaration)
7744           OverloadedDecl = OldDecl;
7745         else if (!Previous.empty())
7746           OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
7747         if (OverloadedDecl)
7748           Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(),
7749                diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload);
7750         NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
7751       }
7752     }
7753   }
7754 
7755   // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name.
7756   if (!Redeclaration &&
7757       checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) {
7758     filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous);
7759     if (!Previous.empty()) {
7760       // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous
7761       // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity...
7762       Redeclaration = true;
7763       OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
7764       MergeTypeWithPrevious = false;
7765 
7766       // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)).
7767       if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
7768         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
7769           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing)
7770             << Redeclaration << NewFD;
7771           Diag(Previous.getFoundDecl()->getLocation(),
7772                diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload);
7773           NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
7774         }
7775         if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) {
7776           Redeclaration = false;
7777           OldDecl = nullptr;
7778         }
7779       }
7780     }
7781   }
7782 
7783   // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8:
7784   //   A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not
7785   //   a constructor declares that member function to be const.
7786   //
7787   // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line
7788   // definition of a static member function.
7789   //
7790   // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards
7791   // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11.
7792   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
7793   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && MD && MD->isConstexpr() &&
7794       !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) &&
7795       (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) {
7796     CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = nullptr;
7797     if (OldDecl)
7798       OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction());
7799     if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) {
7800       const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
7801         MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
7802       FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
7803       EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const;
7804       MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(),
7805                                           FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI));
7806 
7807       // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation.
7808       // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined.
7809       if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
7810         SourceLocation AddConstLoc;
7811         if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc()
7812                 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>())
7813           AddConstLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc());
7814 
7815         Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx14_compat_constexpr_not_const)
7816           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const");
7817       }
7818     }
7819   }
7820 
7821   if (Redeclaration) {
7822     // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be
7823     // merged.
7824     if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) {
7825       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7826       return Redeclaration;
7827     }
7828 
7829     Previous.clear();
7830     Previous.addDecl(OldDecl);
7831 
7832     if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl
7833                                   = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) {
7834       NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl());
7835       FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl
7836         = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
7837       assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch");
7838       if (CXXMethodDecl *Method
7839             = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) {
7840         Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
7841         NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
7842       }
7843 
7844       // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function
7845       // template, mark it as a member specialization.
7846       if (IsExplicitSpecialization &&
7847           NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) {
7848         NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization();
7849         assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization());
7850       }
7851 
7852     } else {
7853       // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates.
7854       NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl));
7855 
7856       if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
7857         // A valid redeclaration of a C++ method must be out-of-line,
7858         // but (unfortunately) it's not necessarily a definition
7859         // because of templates, which means that the previous
7860         // declaration is not necessarily from the class definition.
7861 
7862         // For just setting the access, that doesn't matter.
7863         CXXMethodDecl *oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl);
7864         NewFD->setAccess(oldMethod->getAccess());
7865 
7866         // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI.
7867         if (NewFD->isInlined() &&
7868             !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) {
7869           // setNonKeyFunction needs to work with the original
7870           // declaration from the class definition, and isVirtual() is
7871           // just faster in that case, so map back to that now.
7872           oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(oldMethod->getFirstDecl());
7873           if (oldMethod->isVirtual()) {
7874             Context.setNonKeyFunction(oldMethod);
7875           }
7876         }
7877       }
7878     }
7879   }
7880 
7881   // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation).
7882 
7883   // Diagnose the use of X86 fastcall on unprototyped functions.
7884   QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(NewFD->getType());
7885   const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType);
7886   if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewType)) {
7887     FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo();
7888     if (NewTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_X86FastCall)
7889       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_knr)
7890           << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CC_X86FastCall);
7891     // TODO: Also diagnose unprototyped stdcall functions?
7892   }
7893 
7894   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7895     // C++-specific checks.
7896     if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
7897       CheckConstructor(Constructor);
7898     } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor =
7899                 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
7900       CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent();
7901       QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
7902 
7903       // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class
7904       // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that.
7905       if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) {
7906         DeclarationName Name
7907           = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
7908                                         Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType));
7909         if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) {
7910           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name);
7911           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7912           return Redeclaration;
7913         }
7914       }
7915     } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion
7916                = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
7917       ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion);
7918     }
7919 
7920     // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides.
7921     if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
7922       if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
7923           !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() &&
7924           Method->isCanonicalDecl()) {
7925         if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) {
7926           // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem.
7927           if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
7928             ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method);
7929           }
7930         }
7931       }
7932 
7933       if (Method->isStatic())
7934         checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method);
7935     }
7936 
7937     // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]).
7938     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() &&
7939         CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
7940       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7941       return Redeclaration;
7942     }
7943 
7944     // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]).
7945     if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() &&
7946         CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
7947       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7948       return Redeclaration;
7949     }
7950 
7951     // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless
7952     // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done
7953     // during delayed parsing anyway.
7954     if (!CurContext->isRecord())
7955       CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD);
7956 
7957     // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this
7958     // declaration against the expected type for the builtin.
7959     if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) {
7960       ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
7961       LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier());
7962       QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error);
7963       if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) {
7964         // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin,
7965         // so forget about the builtin entirely.
7966         Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents);
7967       }
7968     }
7969 
7970     // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if
7971     // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C
7972     // compatible, and if it does, warn the user.
7973     // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only.
7974     if (NewFD->isExternC() && Previous.empty()) {
7975       QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType();
7976       if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType())
7977         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete)
7978             << NewFD << R;
7979       else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() &&
7980                !R->isObjCObjectPointerType())
7981         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R;
7982     }
7983   }
7984   return Redeclaration;
7985 }
7986 
7987 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) {
7988   // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3:
7989   //   A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or
7990   //   constexpr is ill-formed.
7991   // C11 6.7.4p4:  In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall
7992   //   appear in a declaration of main.
7993   // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it.
7994   // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension.
7995   if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
7996     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
7997          ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main)
7998       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7999   if (FD->isInlineSpecified())
8000     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main)
8001       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc());
8002   if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) {
8003     SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc();
8004     SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc));
8005     Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main);
8006     Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn)
8007       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange);
8008   }
8009   if (FD->isConstexpr()) {
8010     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main)
8011       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc());
8012     FD->setConstexpr(false);
8013   }
8014 
8015   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
8016     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main)
8017         << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>();
8018     FD->setInvalidDecl();
8019     return;
8020   }
8021 
8022   QualType T = FD->getType();
8023   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
8024   const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
8025 
8026   if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8027     // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return
8028     // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the
8029     // implicit-return-zero rule.
8030 
8031     // GCC in C mode accepts qualified 'int'.
8032     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy))
8033       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
8034     else {
8035       Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint);
8036       SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
8037       if (RTRange.isValid())
8038         Diag(RTRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type)
8039             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int");
8040     }
8041   } else {
8042     // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end;
8043     // set the flag which tells us that.
8044     // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3.
8045 
8046     // All the standards say that main() should return 'int'.
8047     if (Context.hasSameType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy))
8048       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
8049     else {
8050       // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error.
8051       SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
8052       Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint)
8053           << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int")
8054                                 : FixItHint());
8055       FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
8056     }
8057   }
8058 
8059   // Treat protoless main() as nullary.
8060   if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return;
8061 
8062   const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT);
8063   unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams();
8064   assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams);
8065 
8066   bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3);
8067 
8068   // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**.  If
8069   // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start
8070   // getting shifty.
8071   if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin())
8072     HasExtraParameters = false;
8073 
8074   if (HasExtraParameters) {
8075     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams;
8076     FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
8077     nparams = 3;
8078   }
8079 
8080   // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved
8081   // if we had some location information about types.
8082 
8083   QualType CharPP =
8084     Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy));
8085   QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP };
8086 
8087   for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) {
8088     QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i);
8089 
8090     bool mismatch = true;
8091 
8092     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i]))
8093       mismatch = false;
8094     else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) {
8095       // As an extension, the following forms are okay:
8096       //   char const **
8097       //   char const * const *
8098       //   char * const *
8099 
8100       QualifierCollector qs;
8101       const PointerType* PT;
8102       if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
8103           (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
8104           Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0),
8105                               Context.CharTy)) {
8106         qs.removeConst();
8107         mismatch = !qs.empty();
8108       }
8109     }
8110 
8111     if (mismatch) {
8112       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i];
8113       // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type
8114       FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
8115     }
8116   }
8117 
8118   if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
8119     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg);
8120   }
8121 
8122   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
8123     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD;
8124     FD->setInvalidDecl();
8125   }
8126 }
8127 
8128 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) {
8129   QualType T = FD->getType();
8130   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
8131   const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
8132 
8133   // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral,
8134   // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type.
8135   if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() ||
8136       FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() ||
8137       FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType())
8138     // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed.
8139     if (FD->getName() != "DllMain")
8140       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
8141 
8142   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
8143     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD;
8144     FD->setInvalidDecl();
8145   }
8146 }
8147 
8148 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) {
8149   // FIXME: Need strict checking.  In C89, we need to check for
8150   // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or
8151   // commas outside of a sizeof.  In C99, it's the same list,
8152   // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated
8153   // expressions.  Everything else falls under the
8154   // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception.
8155   // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression
8156   // rules there don't matter.)
8157   const Expr *Culprit;
8158   if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit))
8159     return false;
8160   Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant)
8161     << Culprit->getSourceRange();
8162   return true;
8163 }
8164 
8165 namespace {
8166   // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in
8167   // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does.
8168   class SelfReferenceChecker
8169       : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> {
8170     Sema &S;
8171     Decl *OrigDecl;
8172     bool isRecordType;
8173     bool isPODType;
8174     bool isReferenceType;
8175 
8176   public:
8177     typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited;
8178 
8179     SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context),
8180                                                     S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) {
8181       isPODType = false;
8182       isRecordType = false;
8183       isReferenceType = false;
8184       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) {
8185         isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context);
8186         isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType();
8187         isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType();
8188       }
8189     }
8190 
8191     // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr.
8192     // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional
8193     // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's.
8194     void HandleValue(Expr *E) {
8195       if (isReferenceType)
8196         return;
8197       E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8198       if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
8199         HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
8200         return;
8201       }
8202 
8203       if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
8204         HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr());
8205         HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr());
8206         return;
8207       }
8208 
8209       if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) {
8210         Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8211         while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
8212           // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them.
8213           if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
8214             return;
8215           Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8216         }
8217         if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base))
8218           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
8219         return;
8220       }
8221     }
8222 
8223     // Reference types are handled here since all uses of references are
8224     // bad, not just r-value uses.
8225     void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) {
8226       if (isReferenceType)
8227         HandleDeclRefExpr(E);
8228     }
8229 
8230     void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) {
8231       if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue ||
8232           (isRecordType && E->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp))
8233         HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
8234 
8235       Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E);
8236     }
8237 
8238     void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) {
8239       // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers.
8240       if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return;
8241 
8242       // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member
8243       // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr.
8244       CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl());
8245       bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic());
8246       Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8247       while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
8248         if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
8249           Warn = false;
8250         Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8251       }
8252 
8253       if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) {
8254         if (Warn)
8255           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
8256         return;
8257       }
8258 
8259       // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr.
8260       // Visit that expression.
8261       Visit(Base);
8262     }
8263 
8264     void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) {
8265       if (E->getNumArgs() > 0)
8266         if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->getArg(0)))
8267           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
8268 
8269       Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E);
8270     }
8271 
8272     void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) {
8273       // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined.
8274       if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType &&
8275           isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) {
8276         if (!isPODType)
8277           HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
8278         return;
8279       }
8280       Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E);
8281     }
8282 
8283     void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; }
8284 
8285     void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) {
8286       if (E->getConstructor()->isCopyConstructor()) {
8287         if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->getArg(0))) {
8288           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
8289         }
8290       }
8291       Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E);
8292     }
8293 
8294     void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) {
8295       // Treat std::move as a use.
8296       if (E->getNumArgs() == 1) {
8297         if (FunctionDecl *FD = E->getDirectCallee()) {
8298           if (FD->getIdentifier() && FD->getIdentifier()->isStr("move")) {
8299             if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->getArg(0))) {
8300               HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
8301             }
8302           }
8303         }
8304       }
8305 
8306       Inherited::VisitCallExpr(E);
8307     }
8308 
8309     void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) {
8310       Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl();
8311       if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return;
8312       unsigned diag;
8313       if (isReferenceType) {
8314         diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init;
8315       } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) {
8316         diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init;
8317       } else {
8318         diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init;
8319       }
8320 
8321       S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE,
8322                             S.PDiag(diag)
8323                               << DRE->getNameInfo().getName()
8324                               << OrigDecl->getLocation()
8325                               << DRE->getSourceRange());
8326     }
8327   };
8328 
8329   /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E.
8330   static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E,
8331                                  bool DirectInit) {
8332     // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself,
8333     // for instance, in recursive functions.  Skip them.
8334     if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl))
8335       return;
8336 
8337     E = E->IgnoreParens();
8338 
8339     // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type.
8340     // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings.
8341     if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType())
8342       if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E))
8343         if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue)
8344           if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr()))
8345             if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl)
8346               return;
8347 
8348     SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).Visit(E);
8349   }
8350 }
8351 
8352 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the
8353 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct
8354 /// initialization rather than copy initialization.
8355 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init,
8356                                 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
8357   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it.  Just ignore
8358   // the initializer.
8359   if (!RealDecl || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl())
8360     return;
8361 
8362   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) {
8363     // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot
8364     // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier.
8365     // Thus this grotesque test.
8366     IntegerLiteral *IL;
8367     if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 &&
8368         Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy)
8369       CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange());
8370     else {
8371       Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization)
8372         << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange();
8373       Method->setInvalidDecl();
8374     }
8375     return;
8376   }
8377 
8378   VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl);
8379   if (!VDecl) {
8380     assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here");
8381     Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer);
8382     RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8383     return;
8384   }
8385   ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init);
8386 
8387   // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for.
8388   if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
8389     Expr *DeduceInit = Init;
8390     // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it
8391     // contains exactly one expression.
8392     if (CXXDirectInit) {
8393       if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) {
8394         // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to
8395         // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);"
8396         Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(),
8397              VDecl->isInitCapture() ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression
8398                                     : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression)
8399           << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
8400           << VDecl->getSourceRange();
8401         RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8402         return;
8403       } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) {
8404         Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getLocStart(),
8405              VDecl->isInitCapture()
8406                  ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions
8407                  : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions)
8408           << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
8409           << VDecl->getSourceRange();
8410         RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8411         return;
8412       } else {
8413         DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0);
8414         if (isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit))
8415           Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(),
8416                diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces)
8417             << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
8418             << VDecl->getSourceRange();
8419       }
8420     }
8421 
8422     // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger.
8423     bool DefaultedToAuto = false;
8424     if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId &&
8425         Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
8426       ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
8427       if (Result.isInvalid()) {
8428         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8429         return;
8430       }
8431       Init = Result.get();
8432       DefaultedToAuto = true;
8433     }
8434 
8435     QualType DeducedType;
8436     if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) ==
8437             DAR_Failed)
8438       DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit);
8439     if (DeducedType.isNull()) {
8440       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8441       return;
8442     }
8443     VDecl->setType(DeducedType);
8444     assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid());
8445 
8446     // In ARC, infer lifetime.
8447     if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl))
8448       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8449 
8450     // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using
8451     // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual checks.
8452     // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though:
8453     // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter.
8454     if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedToAuto &&
8455         DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) {
8456       SourceLocation Loc =
8457           VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
8458       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id)
8459         << VDecl->getDeclName() << DeduceInit->getSourceRange();
8460     }
8461 
8462     // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches
8463     // the previously declared type.
8464     if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) {
8465       // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete
8466       // array of auto, nor deduce such a type.
8467       MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/false);
8468     }
8469 
8470     // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration.
8471     CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl);
8472     if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
8473       return;
8474   }
8475 
8476   // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions.
8477   if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) {
8478     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition);
8479     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8480     return;
8481   }
8482 
8483   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) {
8484     // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect.
8485     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init);
8486     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8487     return;
8488   }
8489 
8490   if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) {
8491     // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be
8492     // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by
8493     // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction.
8494     QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType();
8495     if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType))
8496       BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType();
8497     if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType,
8498                             diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
8499       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8500       return;
8501     }
8502 
8503     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
8504     if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(),
8505                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
8506                                AbstractVariableType))
8507       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8508   }
8509 
8510   const VarDecl *Def;
8511   if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) {
8512     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
8513       << VDecl->getDeclName();
8514     Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
8515     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8516     return;
8517   }
8518 
8519   const VarDecl *PrevInit = nullptr;
8520   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8521     // C++ [class.static.data]p4
8522     //   If a static data member is of const integral or const
8523     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
8524     //   specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral
8525     //   constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear
8526     //   in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be
8527     //   defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the
8528     //   namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer.
8529     //
8530     // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static
8531     // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class
8532     // declaration with an initializer.
8533     if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) {
8534       Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization)
8535           << VDecl->getDeclName();
8536       Diag(PrevInit->getInit()->getExprLoc(), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0;
8537       return;
8538     }
8539 
8540     if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage())
8541       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
8542 
8543     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) {
8544       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8545       return;
8546     }
8547   }
8548 
8549   // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside
8550   // a kernel function cannot be initialized."
8551   if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) {
8552     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init);
8553     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8554     return;
8555   }
8556 
8557   // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since
8558   // CheckInitializerTypes may change it.
8559   QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT;
8560 
8561   // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger
8562   // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type.
8563   if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
8564       Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
8565     ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
8566     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
8567       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8568       return;
8569     }
8570     Init = Result.get();
8571   }
8572 
8573   // Perform the initialization.
8574   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
8575     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl);
8576     InitializationKind Kind
8577       = DirectInit ?
8578           CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(),
8579                                                            Init->getLocStart(),
8580                                                            Init->getLocEnd())
8581                         : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(
8582                                                           VDecl->getLocation())
8583                    : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(),
8584                                                     Init->getLocStart());
8585 
8586     MultiExprArg Args = Init;
8587     if (CXXDirectInit)
8588       Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(),
8589                           CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs());
8590 
8591     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args);
8592     ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT);
8593     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
8594       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8595       return;
8596     }
8597 
8598     Init = Result.getAs<Expr>();
8599   }
8600 
8601   // Check for self-references within variable initializers.
8602   // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references)
8603   // are handled by a dataflow analysis.
8604   if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() ||
8605       VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
8606     CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit);
8607   }
8608 
8609   // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was
8610   // completed by the initializer. For example:
8611   //   int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 };
8612   // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType.
8613   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT))
8614     VDecl->setType(DclT);
8615 
8616   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
8617     checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init);
8618 
8619     if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
8620       checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init);
8621 
8622     // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable.
8623     // Although this code can still have problems:
8624     //   id x = self.weakProp;
8625     //   id y = self.weakProp;
8626     // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate
8627     // paths through the function. This should be revisited if
8628     // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive.
8629     if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong &&
8630         !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak,
8631                          Init->getLocStart()))
8632         getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init);
8633   }
8634 
8635   // The initialization is usually a full-expression.
8636   //
8637   // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not
8638   // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate
8639   // full-expression. For instance, in:
8640   //
8641   //   struct Temp { ~Temp(); };
8642   //   struct S { S(Temp); };
8643   //   struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() }
8644   //
8645   // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second.
8646   ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(),
8647                                           false,
8648                                           VDecl->isConstexpr());
8649   if (Result.isInvalid()) {
8650     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8651     return;
8652   }
8653   Init = Result.get();
8654 
8655   // Attach the initializer to the decl.
8656   VDecl->setInit(Init);
8657 
8658   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) {
8659     // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has
8660     // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals.
8661     // C++ does not have this restriction.
8662     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
8663       const Expr *Culprit;
8664       if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
8665         CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
8666       // C89 is stricter than C99 for non-static aggregate types.
8667       // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list
8668       // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be
8669       // constant expressions.
8670       else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() &&
8671                isa<InitListExpr>(Init) &&
8672                !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit))
8673         Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(),
8674              diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant)
8675           << Culprit->getSourceRange();
8676     }
8677   } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() &&
8678              VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) {
8679     // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g.,
8680     //
8681     // struct S {
8682     //   static const int value = 17;
8683     // };
8684 
8685     // C++ [class.mem]p4:
8686     //   A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only
8687     //   if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or
8688     //   const enumeration type, see 9.4.2.
8689     //
8690     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3:
8691     //   If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or
8692     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
8693     //   specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause
8694     //   that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static
8695     //   data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition
8696     //   with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a
8697     //   brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is
8698     //   an assignment-expression is a constant expression.
8699 
8700     // Do nothing on dependent types.
8701     if (DclT->isDependentType()) {
8702 
8703     // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal
8704     // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal
8705     // type.
8706     } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) {
8707 
8708     // Require constness.
8709     } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) {
8710       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const)
8711         << Init->getSourceRange();
8712       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8713 
8714     // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases.
8715     } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
8716       // Check whether the expression is a constant expression.
8717       SourceLocation Loc;
8718       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified())
8719         // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an
8720         // in-class initializer cannot be volatile.
8721         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile);
8722       else if (Init->isValueDependent())
8723         ; // Nothing to check.
8724       else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc))
8725         ; // Ok, it's an ICE!
8726       else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
8727         // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it,
8728         // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic.
8729         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
8730           << Init->getSourceRange();
8731       } else {
8732         // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case.  Report the issue at the
8733         // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check.
8734         Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
8735           << Init->getSourceRange();
8736         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8737       }
8738 
8739     // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension.
8740     } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok
8741       // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support
8742       // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'.
8743       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
8744         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(),
8745              diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11)
8746             << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
8747         Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(),
8748              diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11)
8749             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
8750       } else {
8751         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type)
8752           << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
8753 
8754         if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
8755           Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
8756             << Init->getSourceRange();
8757           VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8758         }
8759       }
8760 
8761     // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types.
8762     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) {
8763       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type)
8764         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange()
8765         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
8766       VDecl->setConstexpr(true);
8767 
8768     } else {
8769       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type)
8770         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
8771       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8772     }
8773   } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) {
8774     if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern &&
8775         (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
8776          !(Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified() ||
8777            VDecl->isExternC())) &&
8778         !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind()))
8779       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init);
8780 
8781     // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant.
8782     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
8783       CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
8784   }
8785 
8786   // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization:
8787   //    int x(1);  -as-> int x = 1;
8788   //    ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c);
8789   //
8790   // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for
8791   // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle().
8792   // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which
8793   // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without
8794   // special case code.
8795 
8796   // C++ 8.5p11:
8797   // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally
8798   // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a
8799   // class type.
8800   if (CXXDirectInit) {
8801     assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init.");
8802     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
8803   } else if (DirectInit) {
8804     // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization.
8805     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit);
8806   }
8807 
8808   CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl);
8809 }
8810 
8811 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an
8812 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form
8813 /// of sanity.
8814 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) {
8815   // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a
8816   // variable's type is either dependent or complete".
8817   if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return;
8818 
8819   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
8820   if (!VD) return;
8821 
8822   // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer.
8823   if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) {
8824     D->setInvalidDecl();
8825     return;
8826   }
8827 
8828   QualType Ty = VD->getType();
8829   if (Ty->isDependentType()) return;
8830 
8831   // Require a complete type.
8832   if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(),
8833                           Context.getBaseElementType(Ty),
8834                           diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
8835     VD->setInvalidDecl();
8836     return;
8837   }
8838 
8839   // Require a non-abstract type.
8840   if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty,
8841                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
8842                              AbstractVariableType)) {
8843     VD->setInvalidDecl();
8844     return;
8845   }
8846 
8847   // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors,
8848   // though.
8849 }
8850 
8851 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl,
8852                                   bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
8853   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it.
8854   if (!RealDecl)
8855     return;
8856 
8857   if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) {
8858     QualType Type = Var->getType();
8859 
8860     // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3
8861     if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) {
8862       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init)
8863         << Var->getDeclName() << Type;
8864       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8865       return;
8866     }
8867 
8868     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with
8869     // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify
8870     // a brace-or-equal-initializer.
8871     // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to
8872     // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data
8873     // member.
8874     if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
8875       if (Var->isStaticDataMember())
8876         Diag(Var->getLocation(),
8877              diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init)
8878           << Var->getDeclName();
8879       else
8880         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl);
8881       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8882       return;
8883     }
8884 
8885     // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must
8886     // be initialized.
8887     if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
8888         Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant &&
8889         Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) {
8890       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init);
8891       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8892       return;
8893     }
8894 
8895     switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
8896     case VarDecl::Definition:
8897       if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer())
8898         break;
8899 
8900       // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member
8901       // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like
8902       // a declaration.
8903       //
8904       // Fall through
8905 
8906     case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly:
8907       // It's only a declaration.
8908 
8909       // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is
8910       // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the
8911       // object shall be complete.
8912       if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() &&
8913           !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
8914           RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
8915                               diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type))
8916         Var->setInvalidDecl();
8917 
8918       // Make sure that the type is not abstract.
8919       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
8920           RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
8921                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
8922                                  AbstractVariableType))
8923         Var->setInvalidDecl();
8924       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
8925           Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) {
8926         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern);
8927         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern);
8928       }
8929 
8930       return;
8931 
8932     case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition:
8933       // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an
8934       // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a
8935       // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static",
8936       // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with
8937       // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5).
8938       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) {
8939         if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT
8940                                     = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) {
8941           if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
8942                                   ArrayT->getElementType(),
8943                                   diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type))
8944             Var->setInvalidDecl();
8945         } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
8946           // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is
8947           // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the
8948           // declared type shall not be an incomplete type.
8949           // NOTE: code such as the following
8950           //     static struct s;
8951           //     struct s { int a; };
8952           // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of
8953           // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration.
8954           // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration.
8955           if (Var->isFirstDecl())
8956             RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
8957                                 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type);
8958         }
8959       }
8960 
8961       // Record the tentative definition; we're done.
8962       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl())
8963         TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var);
8964       return;
8965     }
8966 
8967     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
8968     // definitions with incomplete array type.
8969     if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
8970       Diag(Var->getLocation(),
8971            diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer);
8972       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8973       return;
8974     }
8975 
8976     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
8977     // definitions with reference type.
8978     if (Type->isReferenceType()) {
8979       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init)
8980         << Var->getDeclName()
8981         << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation());
8982       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8983       return;
8984     }
8985 
8986     // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a
8987     // variable with dependent type.
8988     if (Type->isDependentType())
8989       return;
8990 
8991     if (Var->isInvalidDecl())
8992       return;
8993 
8994     if (!Var->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) {
8995       if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
8996                               Context.getBaseElementType(Type),
8997                               diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
8998         Var->setInvalidDecl();
8999         return;
9000       }
9001     }
9002 
9003     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
9004     if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
9005                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
9006                                AbstractVariableType)) {
9007       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9008       return;
9009     }
9010 
9011     // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer.  C++0x
9012     // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic
9013     // storage duration", not a "local variable".
9014     // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3
9015     //   A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic
9016     //   storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is
9017     //   ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a
9018     //   trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified
9019     //   version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding
9020     //   types and is declared without an initializer.
9021     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) {
9022       if (const RecordType *Record
9023             = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) {
9024         CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl());
9025         // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of
9026         // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose
9027         // incompatibilities with C++98.
9028         if (!CXXRecord->isPOD())
9029           getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
9030       }
9031     }
9032 
9033     // C++03 [dcl.init]p9:
9034     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, and the
9035     //   object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or
9036     //   array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if
9037     //   the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class
9038     //   type shall have a user-declared default
9039     //   constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for
9040     //   a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if
9041     //   any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object
9042     //   or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the
9043     //   program is ill-formed.
9044     // C++0x [dcl.init]p11:
9045     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is
9046     //   default-initialized; [...].
9047     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var);
9048     InitializationKind Kind
9049       = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation());
9050 
9051     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None);
9052     ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None);
9053     if (Init.isInvalid())
9054       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9055     else if (Init.get()) {
9056       Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get()));
9057       // This is important for template substitution.
9058       Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
9059     }
9060 
9061     CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var);
9062   }
9063 }
9064 
9065 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) {
9066   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
9067   if (!VD) {
9068     Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var);
9069     D->setInvalidDecl();
9070     return;
9071   }
9072 
9073   VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true);
9074 
9075   // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier.
9076   int Error = -1;
9077   switch (VD->getStorageClass()) {
9078   case SC_None:
9079     break;
9080   case SC_Extern:
9081     Error = 0;
9082     break;
9083   case SC_Static:
9084     Error = 1;
9085     break;
9086   case SC_PrivateExtern:
9087     Error = 2;
9088     break;
9089   case SC_Auto:
9090     Error = 3;
9091     break;
9092   case SC_Register:
9093     Error = 4;
9094     break;
9095   case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
9096     llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class");
9097   }
9098   if (VD->isConstexpr())
9099     Error = 5;
9100   if (Error != -1) {
9101     Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class)
9102       << VD->getDeclName() << Error;
9103     D->setInvalidDecl();
9104   }
9105 }
9106 
9107 StmtResult
9108 Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc,
9109                                  IdentifierInfo *Ident,
9110                                  ParsedAttributes &Attrs,
9111                                  SourceLocation AttrEnd) {
9112   // C++1y [stmt.iter]p1:
9113   //   A range-based for statement of the form
9114   //      for ( for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement
9115   //   is equivalent to
9116   //      for ( auto&& for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement
9117   DeclSpec DS(Attrs.getPool().getFactory());
9118 
9119   const char *PrevSpec;
9120   unsigned DiagID;
9121   DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_auto, IdentLoc, PrevSpec, DiagID,
9122                      getPrintingPolicy());
9123 
9124   Declarator D(DS, Declarator::ForContext);
9125   D.SetIdentifier(Ident, IdentLoc);
9126   D.takeAttributes(Attrs, AttrEnd);
9127 
9128   ParsedAttributes EmptyAttrs(Attrs.getPool().getFactory());
9129   D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getReference(0, IdentLoc, /*lvalue*/false),
9130                 EmptyAttrs, IdentLoc);
9131   Decl *Var = ActOnDeclarator(S, D);
9132   cast<VarDecl>(Var)->setCXXForRangeDecl(true);
9133   FinalizeDeclaration(Var);
9134   return ActOnDeclStmt(FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(S, DS, Var), IdentLoc,
9135                        AttrEnd.isValid() ? AttrEnd : IdentLoc);
9136 }
9137 
9138 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) {
9139   if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return;
9140 
9141   // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a
9142   // local retaining variable.
9143   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
9144       var->hasLocalStorage()) {
9145     switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) {
9146     case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
9147     case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
9148     case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
9149       break;
9150 
9151     case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
9152     case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
9153       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
9154       break;
9155     }
9156   }
9157 
9158   // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a
9159   // prior declaration.  We only want to do this for global
9160   // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for
9161   // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can
9162   // change if it's later given a typedef name.
9163   if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
9164       var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() &&
9165       var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() &&
9166       !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations,
9167                                   var->getLocation())) {
9168     // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition.
9169     VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl();
9170     while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
9171       prev = prev->getPreviousDecl();
9172 
9173     if (!prev)
9174       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var;
9175   }
9176 
9177   if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static) {
9178     const Expr *Culprit;
9179     if (var->getType().isDestructedType()) {
9180       // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3:
9181       //   The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not
9182       //   have a non-trivial destructor.
9183       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor);
9184       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
9185         Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local);
9186     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && var->hasInit() &&
9187                !var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer(
9188                    Context, var->getType()->isReferenceType(), &Culprit)) {
9189       // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4:
9190       //   An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic
9191       //   initialization.
9192       // FIXME: Need strict checking here.
9193       Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init)
9194         << Culprit->getSourceRange();
9195       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
9196         Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local);
9197     }
9198 
9199   }
9200 
9201   if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
9202       ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
9203     PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr;
9204     int SectionFlags = PSF_Implicit | PSF_Read;
9205     if (var->getType().isConstQualified())
9206       Stack = &ConstSegStack;
9207     else if (!var->getInit()) {
9208       Stack = &BSSSegStack;
9209       SectionFlags |= PSF_Write;
9210     } else {
9211       Stack = &DataSegStack;
9212       SectionFlags |= PSF_Write;
9213     }
9214     if (!var->hasAttr<SectionAttr>() && Stack->CurrentValue)
9215       var->addAttr(
9216           SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate,
9217                                       Stack->CurrentValue->getString(),
9218                                       Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation));
9219     if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>())
9220       if (UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var))
9221         var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>();
9222 
9223     // Apply the init_seg attribute if this has an initializer.  If the
9224     // initializer turns out to not be dynamic, we'll end up ignoring this
9225     // attribute.
9226     if (CurInitSeg && var->getInit())
9227       var->addAttr(InitSegAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, CurInitSeg->getString(),
9228                                                CurInitSegLoc));
9229   }
9230 
9231   // All the following checks are C++ only.
9232   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return;
9233 
9234   QualType type = var->getType();
9235   if (type->isDependentType()) return;
9236 
9237   // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer.
9238   if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
9239     // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an
9240     // array type; should we diagnose that here?
9241 
9242     // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when
9243     // constructing this copy.
9244     if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) {
9245       EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated);
9246       SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation();
9247       Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi);
9248       ExprResult result
9249         = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(
9250             InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false),
9251             var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true);
9252       if (!result.isInvalid()) {
9253         result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result);
9254         Expr *init = result.getAs<Expr>();
9255         Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init);
9256       }
9257     }
9258   }
9259 
9260   Expr *Init = var->getInit();
9261   bool IsGlobal = var->hasGlobalStorage() && !var->isStaticLocal();
9262   QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type);
9263 
9264   if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() &&
9265       Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) {
9266     if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() &&
9267         !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_global_constructor,
9268                                     var->getLocation())) {
9269       // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer.  Don't
9270       // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already
9271       // warned about them.
9272       CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
9273       if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) &&
9274           !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType()))
9275         Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor)
9276           << Init->getSourceRange();
9277     }
9278 
9279     if (var->isConstexpr()) {
9280       SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes;
9281       if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) {
9282         SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation();
9283         // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source
9284         // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic.
9285         if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() ==
9286               diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) {
9287           DiagLoc = Notes[0].first;
9288           Notes.clear();
9289         }
9290         Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init)
9291           << var << Init->getSourceRange();
9292         for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I)
9293           Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second);
9294       }
9295     } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) {
9296       // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or
9297       // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was
9298       // initialized by a constant expression if we check later.
9299       var->checkInitIsICE();
9300     }
9301   }
9302 
9303   // Require the destructor.
9304   if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>())
9305     FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType);
9306 }
9307 
9308 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform
9309 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached.
9310 void
9311 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) {
9312   // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration.
9313   ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl);
9314 
9315   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl);
9316   if (!VD)
9317     return;
9318 
9319   checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD);
9320 
9321   // Static locals inherit dll attributes from their function.
9322   if (VD->isStaticLocal()) {
9323     if (FunctionDecl *FD =
9324             dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod())) {
9325       if (Attr *A = getDLLAttr(FD)) {
9326         auto *NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(A->clone(getASTContext()));
9327         NewAttr->setInherited(true);
9328         VD->addAttr(NewAttr);
9329       }
9330     }
9331   }
9332 
9333   // Imported static data members cannot be defined out-of-line.
9334   if (const DLLImportAttr *IA = VD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()) {
9335     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isOutOfLine() &&
9336         VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
9337       // We allow definitions of dllimport class template static data members
9338       // with a warning.
9339       CXXRecordDecl *Context =
9340         cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VD->getFirstDecl()->getDeclContext());
9341       bool IsClassTemplateMember =
9342           isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Context) ||
9343           Context->getDescribedClassTemplate();
9344 
9345       Diag(VD->getLocation(),
9346            IsClassTemplateMember
9347                ? diag::warn_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition
9348                : diag::err_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition);
9349       Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute);
9350       if (!IsClassTemplateMember)
9351         VD->setInvalidDecl();
9352     }
9353   }
9354 
9355   if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) {
9356     if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
9357       Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr;
9358       VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>();
9359     }
9360   }
9361 
9362   if (!VD->isInvalidDecl() &&
9363       VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::TentativeDefinition) {
9364     if (const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition()) {
9365       if (Def->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) {
9366         Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tentative_after_alias)
9367             << VD->getDeclName();
9368         Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
9369         VD->setInvalidDecl();
9370       }
9371     }
9372   }
9373 
9374   const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext();
9375   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
9376   // member, set the visibility of this variable.
9377   if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible())
9378     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD);
9379 
9380   // FIXME: Warn on unused templates.
9381   if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate() &&
9382       !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD))
9383     MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD);
9384 
9385   // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic
9386   // tag values.
9387   if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() ||
9388       !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
9389     return;
9390 
9391   for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) {
9392     const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit();
9393     if (!MagicValueExpr) {
9394       continue;
9395     }
9396     llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt;
9397     if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) {
9398       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
9399            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice)
9400         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
9401       continue;
9402     }
9403     if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) {
9404       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
9405            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large)
9406         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
9407       continue;
9408     }
9409     uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue();
9410     RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(),
9411                                MagicValue,
9412                                I->getMatchingCType(),
9413                                I->getLayoutCompatible(),
9414                                I->getMustBeNull());
9415   }
9416 }
9417 
9418 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
9419                                                    ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
9420   SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls;
9421 
9422   if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned())
9423     Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl());
9424 
9425   DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr;
9426   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i)
9427     if (Decl *D = Group[i]) {
9428       if (DeclaratorDecl *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D))
9429         if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup)
9430           FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD;
9431       Decls.push_back(D);
9432     }
9433 
9434   if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) {
9435     if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) {
9436       HandleTagNumbering(*this, Tag, S);
9437       if (!Tag->hasNameForLinkage() && !Tag->hasDeclaratorForAnonDecl())
9438         Tag->setDeclaratorForAnonDecl(FirstDeclaratorInGroup);
9439     }
9440   }
9441 
9442   return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls, DS.containsPlaceholderType());
9443 }
9444 
9445 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration
9446 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking.
9447 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy
9448 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group,
9449                            bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
9450   // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7:
9451   //   If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each
9452   //   deduction, the program is ill-formed.
9453   // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed
9454   // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for.
9455   //   auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 };
9456   // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases.
9457   if (TypeMayContainAuto && Group.size() > 1) {
9458     QualType Deduced;
9459     CanQualType DeducedCanon;
9460     VarDecl *DeducedDecl = nullptr;
9461     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) {
9462       if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) {
9463         AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType();
9464         // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template.
9465         if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl())
9466           break;
9467         QualType U = AT ? AT->getDeducedType() : QualType();
9468         if (!U.isNull()) {
9469           CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U);
9470           if (Deduced.isNull()) {
9471             Deduced = U;
9472             DeducedCanon = UCanon;
9473             DeducedDecl = D;
9474           } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) {
9475             Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
9476                  diag::err_auto_different_deductions)
9477               << (AT->isDecltypeAuto() ? 1 : 0)
9478               << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName()
9479               << U << D->getDeclName()
9480               << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange()
9481               << D->getInit()->getSourceRange();
9482             D->setInvalidDecl();
9483             break;
9484           }
9485         }
9486       }
9487     }
9488   }
9489 
9490   ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group);
9491 
9492   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(
9493       DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size()));
9494 }
9495 
9496 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) {
9497   ActOnDocumentableDecls(D);
9498 }
9499 
9500 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
9501   // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored.
9502   if (Group.empty() || !Group[0])
9503    return;
9504 
9505   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, Group[0]->getLocation()))
9506     return;
9507 
9508   if (Group.size() >= 2) {
9509     // This is a decl group.  Normally it will contain only declarations
9510     // produced from declarator list.  But in case we have any definitions or
9511     // additional declaration references:
9512     //   'typedef struct S {} S;'
9513     //   'typedef struct S *S;'
9514     //   'struct S *pS;'
9515     // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations.
9516     Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0];
9517     if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) {
9518       Group = Group.slice(1);
9519     }
9520   }
9521 
9522   // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl.
9523   ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments();
9524   if (!Comments.empty() &&
9525       !Comments.back()->isAttached()) {
9526     // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl.
9527     // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls?
9528     //
9529     // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the
9530     // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to
9531     // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked
9532     // ahead through comments.
9533     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i)
9534       Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP);
9535   }
9536 }
9537 
9538 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator()
9539 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope.
9540 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
9541   const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec();
9542 
9543   // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'.
9544 
9545   // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'.
9546   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None;
9547   if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) {
9548     StorageClass = SC_Register;
9549   } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
9550              DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) {
9551     StorageClass = SC_Auto;
9552   } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
9553     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
9554          diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl);
9555     D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs();
9556   }
9557 
9558   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec())
9559     Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread)
9560       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
9561   if (DS.isConstexprSpecified())
9562     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
9563       << 0;
9564 
9565   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS);
9566 
9567   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
9568   QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType();
9569 
9570   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9571     // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this
9572     // parameter.
9573     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
9574 
9575     // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
9576     if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
9577       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator)
9578         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
9579       D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear();
9580     }
9581   }
9582 
9583   // Ensure we have a valid name
9584   IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr;
9585   if (D.hasName()) {
9586     II = D.getIdentifier();
9587     if (!II) {
9588       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name)
9589         << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
9590       D.setInvalidType(true);
9591     }
9592   }
9593 
9594   // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x);
9595   if (II) {
9596     LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName,
9597                    ForRedeclaration);
9598     LookupName(R, S);
9599     if (R.isSingleResult()) {
9600       NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
9601       if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
9602         // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
9603         DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
9604         // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
9605         PrevDecl = nullptr;
9606       } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
9607         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II;
9608         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
9609 
9610         // Recover by removing the name
9611         II = nullptr;
9612         D.SetIdentifier(nullptr, D.getIdentifierLoc());
9613         D.setInvalidType(true);
9614       }
9615     }
9616   }
9617 
9618   // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not
9619   // the enclosing context.  This prevents them from accidentally
9620   // looking like class members in C++.
9621   ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
9622                                     D.getLocStart(),
9623                                     D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
9624                                     parmDeclType, TInfo,
9625                                     StorageClass);
9626 
9627   if (D.isInvalidType())
9628     New->setInvalidDecl();
9629 
9630   assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope());
9631   assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1);
9632   New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1,
9633                     S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex());
9634 
9635   // Add the parameter declaration into this scope.
9636   S->AddDecl(New);
9637   if (II)
9638     IdResolver.AddDecl(New);
9639 
9640   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D);
9641 
9642   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
9643     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
9644       << 1 << New->getDeclName()
9645       << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
9646       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
9647 
9648   if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
9649     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
9650   }
9651   return New;
9652 }
9653 
9654 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a
9655 /// typedef.
9656 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
9657                                               SourceLocation Loc,
9658                                               QualType T) {
9659   /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc.
9660      Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source
9661      location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */
9662   ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, nullptr,
9663                                 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc),
9664                                            SC_None, nullptr);
9665   Param->setImplicit();
9666   return Param;
9667 }
9668 
9669 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param,
9670                                     ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) {
9671   // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we
9672   // will already have done so in the template itself.
9673   if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
9674     return;
9675 
9676   for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
9677     if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() &&
9678         !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) {
9679       Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter)
9680         << (*Param)->getDeclName();
9681     }
9682   }
9683 }
9684 
9685 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param,
9686                                                   ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd,
9687                                                   QualType ReturnTy,
9688                                                   NamedDecl *D) {
9689   if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check.
9690     return;
9691 
9692   // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
9693   // threshold.
9694   if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) {
9695     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity();
9696     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
9697       Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size)
9698           << D->getDeclName() << Size;
9699   }
9700 
9701   // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
9702   // threshold.
9703   for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
9704     QualType T = (*Param)->getType();
9705     if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context))
9706       continue;
9707     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity();
9708     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
9709       Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size)
9710           << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size;
9711   }
9712 }
9713 
9714 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
9715                                   SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
9716                                   QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
9717                                   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass) {
9718   // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types.
9719   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
9720       T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
9721       T->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
9722 
9723     Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime;
9724 
9725     // Special cases for arrays:
9726     //   - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained
9727     //   - otherwise, it's an error
9728     if (T->isArrayType()) {
9729       if (!T.isConstQualified()) {
9730         DelayedDiagnostics.add(
9731             sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType(
9732             NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false));
9733       }
9734       lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone;
9735     } else {
9736       lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
9737     }
9738     T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime);
9739   }
9740 
9741   ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name,
9742                                          Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T),
9743                                          TSInfo,
9744                                          StorageClass, nullptr);
9745 
9746   // Parameters can not be abstract class types.
9747   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
9748   // the class has been completely parsed.
9749   if (!CurContext->isRecord() &&
9750       RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
9751                              AbstractParamType))
9752     New->setInvalidDecl();
9753 
9754   // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are
9755   // passed by reference.
9756   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
9757     SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd();
9758     Diag(NameLoc,
9759          diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T
9760       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*");
9761     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
9762     New->setType(T);
9763   }
9764 
9765   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage
9766   // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier."
9767   // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have
9768   // an address space.
9769   if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
9770     // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type
9771     // to be qualified with an address space.
9772     if (!(getLangOpts().OpenCL && T->isArrayType())) {
9773       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space);
9774       New->setInvalidDecl();
9775     }
9776   }
9777 
9778   return New;
9779 }
9780 
9781 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
9782                                            SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) {
9783   DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
9784 
9785   // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared'
9786   // for a K&R function.
9787   if (!FTI.hasPrototype) {
9788     for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) {
9789       --i;
9790       if (FTI.Params[i].Param == nullptr) {
9791         SmallString<256> Code;
9792         llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code)
9793             << "  int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n";
9794         Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared)
9795             << FTI.Params[i].Ident
9796             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str());
9797 
9798         // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better
9799         // type.
9800         AttributeFactory attrs;
9801         DeclSpec DS(attrs);
9802         const char* PrevSpec; // unused
9803         unsigned DiagID; // unused
9804         DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec,
9805                            DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
9806         // Use the identifier location for the type source range.
9807         DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
9808         DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
9809         Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext);
9810         ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
9811         FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD);
9812       }
9813     }
9814   }
9815 }
9816 
9817 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D) {
9818   assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == nullptr && "Function parsing confused");
9819   assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!");
9820   Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent();
9821 
9822   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition);
9823   Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
9824   return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP);
9825 }
9826 
9827 void Sema::ActOnFinishInlineMethodDef(CXXMethodDecl *D) {
9828   Consumer.HandleInlineMethodDefinition(D);
9829 }
9830 
9831 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD,
9832                              const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) {
9833   // Don't warn about invalid declarations.
9834   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
9835     return false;
9836 
9837   // Or declarations that aren't global.
9838   if (!FD->isGlobal())
9839     return false;
9840 
9841   // Don't warn about C++ member functions.
9842   if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
9843     return false;
9844 
9845   // Don't warn about 'main'.
9846   if (FD->isMain())
9847     return false;
9848 
9849   // Don't warn about inline functions.
9850   if (FD->isInlined())
9851     return false;
9852 
9853   // Don't warn about function templates.
9854   if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
9855     return false;
9856 
9857   // Don't warn about function template specializations.
9858   if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
9859     return false;
9860 
9861   // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels.
9862   if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>())
9863     return false;
9864 
9865   bool MissingPrototype = true;
9866   for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl();
9867        Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) {
9868     // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method
9869     // scope, because they aren't visible from the header.
9870     if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
9871       continue;
9872 
9873     MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType();
9874     if (FD->getNumParams() == 0)
9875       PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev;
9876     break;
9877   }
9878 
9879   return MissingPrototype;
9880 }
9881 
9882 void
9883 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD,
9884                                    const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition) {
9885   // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition
9886   // was an extern inline function.
9887   const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition;
9888   if (!Definition)
9889     if (!FD->isDefined(Definition))
9890       return;
9891 
9892   if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts()))
9893     return;
9894 
9895   if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() &&
9896       Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern)
9897     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline)
9898         << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
9899   else
9900     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName();
9901 
9902   Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
9903   FD->setInvalidDecl();
9904 }
9905 
9906 
9907 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator,
9908                                    Sema &S) {
9909   CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent();
9910 
9911   LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope();
9912   LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator;
9913   LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass;
9914   LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType();
9915   const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault();
9916 
9917   if (LCD == LCD_None)
9918     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None;
9919   else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy)
9920     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval;
9921   else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef)
9922     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref;
9923   DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo();
9924 
9925   LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange();
9926   LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst();
9927 
9928   // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already
9929   // captured within tryCaptureVar.
9930   for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) {
9931     if (C.capturesVariable()) {
9932       VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar();
9933       if (VD->isInitCapture())
9934         S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD);
9935       QualType CaptureType = VD->getType();
9936       const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef;
9937       LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef,
9938           /*RefersToEnclosingLocal*/true, C.getLocation(),
9939           /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion()
9940                          ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(),
9941           CaptureType, /*Expr*/ nullptr);
9942 
9943     } else if (C.capturesThis()) {
9944       LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(),
9945                               S.getCurrentThisType(), /*Expr*/ nullptr);
9946     }
9947   }
9948 }
9949 
9950 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) {
9951   // Clear the last template instantiation error context.
9952   LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation();
9953 
9954   if (!D)
9955     return D;
9956   FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr;
9957 
9958   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
9959     FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
9960   else
9961     FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
9962   // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push
9963   // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack.  But use the information
9964   // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current
9965   // LambdaScopeInfo.
9966   // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo,
9967   // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try
9968   // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential
9969   // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to
9970   // have the LSI properly restored.
9971   if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) {
9972     assert(ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size() &&
9973       "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack "
9974       "when instantiating a generic lambda!");
9975     RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this);
9976   }
9977   else
9978     // Enter a new function scope
9979     PushFunctionScope();
9980 
9981   // See if this is a redefinition.
9982   if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed())
9983     CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD);
9984 
9985   // Builtin functions cannot be defined.
9986   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
9987     if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) &&
9988         !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) {
9989       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD;
9990       FD->setInvalidDecl();
9991     }
9992   }
9993 
9994   // The return type of a function definition must be complete
9995   // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6).
9996   QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType();
9997   if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() &&
9998       !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
9999       RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType,
10000                           diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result))
10001     FD->setInvalidDecl();
10002 
10003   // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes:
10004   //   Warn if a global function is defined without a previous
10005   //   prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the
10006   //   definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect
10007   //   global functions that fail to be declared in header files.
10008   const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = nullptr;
10009   if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) {
10010     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD;
10011 
10012     if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) {
10013       // We found a declaration that is not a prototype,
10014       // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype
10015       if (TypeSourceInfo *TI =
10016               PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) {
10017         TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc();
10018         if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>())
10019           Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(),
10020                diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype)
10021             << PossibleZeroParamPrototype
10022             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void");
10023       }
10024     }
10025   }
10026 
10027   if (FnBodyScope)
10028     PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD);
10029 
10030   // Check the validity of our function parameters
10031   CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
10032                            /*CheckParameterNames=*/true);
10033 
10034   // Introduce our parameters into the function scope
10035   for (auto Param : FD->params()) {
10036     Param->setOwningFunction(FD);
10037 
10038     // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
10039     if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) {
10040       CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param);
10041 
10042       PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope);
10043     }
10044   }
10045 
10046   // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype,
10047   // introduce them into the function scope.
10048   if (FnBodyScope) {
10049     for (ArrayRef<NamedDecl *>::iterator
10050              I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(),
10051              E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end();
10052          I != E; ++I) {
10053       NamedDecl *D = *I;
10054 
10055       // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the translation unit
10056       // for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove from the translation unit
10057       // and reattach to the current context.
10058       if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) {
10059         // Is the decl actually in the context?
10060         for (const auto *DI : Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls()) {
10061           if (DI == D) {
10062             Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D);
10063             break;
10064           }
10065         }
10066         // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl.
10067         D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
10068       }
10069 
10070       // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope.
10071       if (!D->getName().empty())
10072         PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
10073 
10074       // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them
10075       // accessible in this scope.
10076       if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) {
10077         for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators())
10078           PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
10079       }
10080     }
10081   }
10082 
10083   // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated.
10084   if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
10085     ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT);
10086 
10087   // dllimport cannot be applied to non-inline function definitions.
10088   if (FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !FD->isInlined() &&
10089       !FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) {
10090     assert(!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>());
10091     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_function_definition);
10092     FD->setInvalidDecl();
10093     return D;
10094   }
10095   // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be
10096   // a function template).
10097   ActOnDocumentableDecl(D);
10098   if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() &&
10099       getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl &&
10100       getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCImplementation)
10101     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_function_def_in_objc_container);
10102 
10103   return D;
10104 }
10105 
10106 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body,
10107 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value
10108 /// optimization.
10109 ///
10110 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value
10111 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any
10112 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can
10113 /// use the named return value optimization.
10114 ///
10115 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return
10116 /// statement in the scope of a variable has the same NRVO candidate, that
10117 /// candidate is an NRVO variable.
10118 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) {
10119   ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data();
10120 
10121   for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) {
10122     if (const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) {
10123       if (!NRVOCandidate->isNRVOVariable())
10124         Returns[I]->setNRVOCandidate(nullptr);
10125     }
10126   }
10127 }
10128 
10129 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) {
10130   // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet).
10131   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
10132     return false;
10133 
10134   // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced
10135   // return type (yet).
10136   if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType()) {
10137     // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type,
10138     // we can still delay parsing it.
10139     if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) {
10140       const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1);
10141       if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
10142           Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) {
10143         QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType());
10144         return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType();
10145       }
10146     }
10147     return false;
10148   }
10149 
10150   return true;
10151 }
10152 
10153 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) {
10154   // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is
10155   // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the
10156   // rest of the file.
10157   // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type,
10158   // because any callers of that function need to know the type.
10159   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction())
10160     if (FD->isConstexpr() || FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType())
10161       return false;
10162   return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D);
10163 }
10164 
10165 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) {
10166   if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl))
10167     FD->setHasSkippedBody();
10168   else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl))
10169     MD->setHasSkippedBody();
10170   return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl, nullptr);
10171 }
10172 
10173 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) {
10174   return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false);
10175 }
10176 
10177 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body,
10178                                     bool IsInstantiation) {
10179   FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : nullptr;
10180 
10181   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy();
10182   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = nullptr;
10183 
10184   if (FD) {
10185     FD->setBody(Body);
10186 
10187     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body &&
10188         !FD->isDependentContext() && FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) {
10189       // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return'
10190       // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and
10191       // the deduced result type is 'void'.
10192       if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) {
10193         Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto)
10194             << FD->getReturnType();
10195         FD->setInvalidDecl();
10196       } else {
10197         // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type.
10198         TypeLoc ResultType = FD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().
10199             IgnoreParens().castAs<FunctionProtoTypeLoc>().getReturnLoc();
10200         Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType(
10201             FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy));
10202       }
10203     }
10204 
10205     // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an
10206     // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this
10207     // is the first declaration.
10208     if (!FD->isFirstDecl() && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) {
10209       if (!FD->isExternallyVisible())
10210         UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD);
10211       else if (FD->isInlined() &&
10212                (LangOpts.CPlusPlus || !LangOpts.GNUInline) &&
10213                (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()))
10214         UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD);
10215     }
10216 
10217     // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked,
10218     // don't complain about missing return statements.
10219     if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>())
10220       WP.disableCheckFallThrough();
10221 
10222     // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition,
10223     // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct.
10224     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && FD->isCanonicalDecl())
10225       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_pure_function_definition);
10226 
10227     if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
10228       // Don't diagnose unused parameters of defaulted or deleted functions.
10229       if (Body)
10230         DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end());
10231       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
10232                                              FD->getReturnType(), FD);
10233 
10234       // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable.
10235       if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD))
10236         MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent());
10237 
10238       // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check
10239       // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around
10240       // to deduce an implicit return type.
10241       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() &&
10242           !FD->isDependentContext())
10243         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
10244     }
10245 
10246     assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) &&
10247            "Function parsing confused");
10248   } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
10249     assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused");
10250     MD->setBody(Body);
10251     if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) {
10252       DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end());
10253       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(),
10254                                              MD->getReturnType(), MD);
10255 
10256       if (Body)
10257         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
10258     }
10259     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) {
10260       Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call)
10261         << MD->getSelector().getAsString();
10262       getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false;
10263     }
10264     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) {
10265       const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr;
10266       bool isDesignated =
10267           MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod);
10268       assert(isDesignated && InitMethod);
10269       (void)isDesignated;
10270 
10271       auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) {
10272         auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
10273         if (!IFace)
10274           return false;
10275         auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass();
10276         if (!SuperD)
10277           return false;
10278         return SuperD->getIdentifier() ==
10279             NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject);
10280       };
10281       // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses
10282       // of NSObject.
10283       if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) {
10284         Diag(MD->getLocation(),
10285              diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call);
10286         Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(),
10287              diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here);
10288       }
10289       getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false;
10290     }
10291     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) {
10292       // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits.
10293       if (!MD->isUnavailable())
10294         Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call);
10295       getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false;
10296     }
10297   } else {
10298     return nullptr;
10299   }
10300 
10301   assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper &&
10302          "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been "
10303          "handled in the block above.");
10304 
10305   // Verify and clean out per-function state.
10306   if (Body) {
10307     // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return
10308     // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14)
10309     // Verify this.
10310     if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body))
10311       DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body));
10312 
10313     // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally.
10314     if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() &&
10315         !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled())
10316       DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body);
10317 
10318     if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) {
10319       if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType())
10320         CheckDestructor(Destructor);
10321 
10322       MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(),
10323                                              Destructor->getParent());
10324     }
10325 
10326     // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
10327     // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
10328     // deletion in some later function.
10329     if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() ||
10330         getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) {
10331       DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
10332     }
10333     if (!getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() &&
10334         !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
10335       // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are
10336       // enabled.
10337       ActivePolicy = &WP;
10338     }
10339 
10340     if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
10341         (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) ||
10342          !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body)))
10343       FD->setInvalidDecl();
10344 
10345     assert(ExprCleanupObjects.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function");
10346     assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function");
10347     assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() &&
10348            "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking");
10349   }
10350 
10351   if (!IsInstantiation)
10352     PopDeclContext();
10353 
10354   PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl);
10355   // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
10356   // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
10357   // deletion in some later function.
10358   if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) {
10359     DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
10360   }
10361 
10362   return dcl;
10363 }
10364 
10365 
10366 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the
10367 /// relevant Decl.
10368 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D,
10369                                        ParsedAttributes &Attrs) {
10370   // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl.
10371   if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
10372     D = TD->getTemplatedDecl();
10373   ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList());
10374 
10375   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
10376     if (Method->isStatic())
10377       checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method);
10378 }
10379 
10380 
10381 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function
10382 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2).
10383 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc,
10384                                           IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
10385   // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined
10386   // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of
10387   // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that
10388   // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it.
10389   if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) {
10390     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev;
10391     Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10392     return ExternCPrev;
10393   }
10394 
10395   // Extension in C99.  Legal in C90, but warn about it.
10396   unsigned diag_id;
10397   if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_"))
10398     diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown;
10399   else if (getLangOpts().C99)
10400     diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl;
10401   else
10402     diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl;
10403   Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II;
10404 
10405   // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit
10406   // function declaration is going to be treated as an error.
10407   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) {
10408     TypoCorrection Corrected;
10409     DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl> Validator;
10410     if (S && (Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc),
10411                                       LookupOrdinaryName, S, nullptr, Validator,
10412                                       CTK_NonError)))
10413       diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion),
10414                    /*ErrorRecovery*/false);
10415   }
10416 
10417   // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo();
10418   const char *Dummy;
10419   AttributeFactory attrFactory;
10420   DeclSpec DS(attrFactory);
10421   unsigned DiagID;
10422   bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID,
10423                                   Context.getPrintingPolicy());
10424   (void)Error; // Silence warning.
10425   assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!");
10426   SourceLocation NoLoc;
10427   Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext);
10428   D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false,
10429                                              /*IsAmbiguous=*/false,
10430                                              /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
10431                                              /*Params=*/nullptr,
10432                                              /*NumParams=*/0,
10433                                              /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc,
10434                                              /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
10435                                              /*TypeQuals=*/0,
10436                                              /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true,
10437                                              /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
10438                                              /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
10439                                              /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
10440                                              /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc,
10441                                              EST_None,
10442                                              /*ESpecLoc=*/NoLoc,
10443                                              /*Exceptions=*/nullptr,
10444                                              /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr,
10445                                              /*NumExceptions=*/0,
10446                                              /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr,
10447                                              Loc, Loc, D),
10448                 DS.getAttributes(),
10449                 SourceLocation());
10450   D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc);
10451 
10452   // Insert this function into translation-unit scope.
10453 
10454   DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext;
10455   CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
10456 
10457   FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D));
10458   FD->setImplicit();
10459 
10460   CurContext = PrevDC;
10461 
10462   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD);
10463 
10464   return FD;
10465 }
10466 
10467 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on
10468 /// the declaration of this function.
10469 ///
10470 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins
10471 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions
10472 /// like NSLog or printf.
10473 ///
10474 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written
10475 /// attributes are applied to declarations.
10476 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) {
10477   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
10478     return;
10479 
10480   // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to
10481   // actual attributes.
10482   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
10483     // Handle printf-formatting attributes.
10484     unsigned FormatIdx;
10485     bool HasVAListArg;
10486     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) {
10487       if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) {
10488         const char *fmt = "printf";
10489         unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams();
10490         if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf)
10491             FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType())
10492           fmt = "NSString";
10493         FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
10494                                                &Context.Idents.get(fmt),
10495                                                FormatIdx+1,
10496                                                HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2,
10497                                                FD->getLocation()));
10498       }
10499     }
10500     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx,
10501                                              HasVAListArg)) {
10502      if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>())
10503        FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
10504                                               &Context.Idents.get("scanf"),
10505                                               FormatIdx+1,
10506                                               HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2,
10507                                               FD->getLocation()));
10508     }
10509 
10510     // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only
10511     // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows
10512     // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions.
10513     if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno &&
10514         Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) {
10515       if (!FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>())
10516         FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
10517     }
10518 
10519     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) &&
10520         !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>())
10521       FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
10522                                          FD->getLocation()));
10523     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>())
10524       FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
10525     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>())
10526       FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
10527   }
10528 
10529   IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier();
10530   if (!Name)
10531     return;
10532   if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
10533        FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) ||
10534       (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) &&
10535        cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() ==
10536        LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) {
10537     // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know
10538     // about.
10539   } else
10540     return;
10541 
10542   if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) {
10543     // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be
10544     // target-specific builtins, perhaps?
10545     if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>())
10546       FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
10547                                              &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2,
10548                                              Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3,
10549                                              FD->getLocation()));
10550   }
10551 
10552   if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) {
10553     // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString,
10554     // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that.
10555     if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>())
10556       FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 1,
10557                                                 FD->getLocation()));
10558   }
10559 }
10560 
10561 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
10562                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) {
10563   assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator");
10564   assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type");
10565 
10566   if (!TInfo) {
10567     assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type");
10568     TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
10569   }
10570 
10571   // Scope manipulation handled by caller.
10572   TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
10573                                            D.getLocStart(),
10574                                            D.getIdentifierLoc(),
10575                                            D.getIdentifier(),
10576                                            TInfo);
10577 
10578   // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration.
10579   if (D.isInvalidType()) {
10580     NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
10581     return NewTD;
10582   }
10583 
10584   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
10585     if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
10586       Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
10587         << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName()
10588         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
10589         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
10590     else
10591       NewTD->setModulePrivate();
10592   }
10593 
10594   // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8:
10595   //   If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or
10596   //   enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration
10597   //   to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the
10598   //   class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only.
10599   // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration.
10600   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) {
10601   case TST_enum:
10602   case TST_struct:
10603   case TST_interface:
10604   case TST_union:
10605   case TST_class: {
10606     TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl());
10607 
10608     // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an
10609     // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group).
10610     if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break;
10611     if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) break;
10612 
10613     // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition.
10614     assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition());
10615 
10616     // The type must match the tag exactly;  no qualifiers allowed.
10617     if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec)))
10618       break;
10619 
10620     // If we've already computed linkage for the anonymous tag, then
10621     // adding a typedef name for the anonymous decl can change that
10622     // linkage, which might be a serious problem.  Diagnose this as
10623     // unsupported and ignore the typedef name.  TODO: we should
10624     // pursue this as a language defect and establish a formal rule
10625     // for how to handle it.
10626     if (tagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed()) {
10627       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage);
10628 
10629       SourceLocation tagLoc = D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc();
10630       tagLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(tagLoc);
10631 
10632       llvm::SmallString<40> textToInsert;
10633       textToInsert += ' ';
10634       textToInsert += D.getIdentifier()->getName();
10635       Diag(tagLoc, diag::note_typedef_changes_linkage)
10636         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(tagLoc, textToInsert);
10637       break;
10638     }
10639 
10640     // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag.
10641     tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD);
10642     break;
10643   }
10644 
10645   default:
10646     break;
10647   }
10648 
10649   return NewTD;
10650 }
10651 
10652 
10653 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration.
10654 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) {
10655   SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
10656   QualType T = TI->getType();
10657 
10658   if (T->isDependentType())
10659     return false;
10660 
10661   if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>())
10662     if (BT->isInteger())
10663       return false;
10664 
10665   Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T;
10666   return true;
10667 }
10668 
10669 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration.
10670 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid.
10671 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped,
10672                                   QualType EnumUnderlyingTy,
10673                                   const EnumDecl *Prev) {
10674   bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull();
10675 
10676   if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) {
10677     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch)
10678       << Prev->isScoped();
10679     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10680     return true;
10681   }
10682 
10683   if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) {
10684     if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() &&
10685         !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() &&
10686         !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy,
10687                                         Prev->getIntegerType())) {
10688       // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration.
10689       Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch)
10690         << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType();
10691       Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration)
10692           << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange();
10693       return true;
10694     }
10695   } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) {
10696     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch)
10697       << Prev->isFixed();
10698     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10699     return true;
10700   }
10701 
10702   return false;
10703 }
10704 
10705 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for
10706 /// redeclaration diagnostic message.
10707 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only!
10708 ///
10709 /// \returns diagnostic %select index.
10710 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) {
10711   switch (Tag) {
10712   case TTK_Struct: return 0;
10713   case TTK_Interface: return 1;
10714   case TTK_Class:  return 2;
10715   default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!");
10716   }
10717 }
10718 
10719 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with
10720 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface).
10721 ///
10722 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible.
10723 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag)
10724 {
10725   return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface;
10726 }
10727 
10728 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable
10729 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration.
10730 ///
10731 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise.
10732 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
10733                                         TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
10734                                         SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
10735                                         const IdentifierInfo &Name) {
10736   // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3:
10737   //   The class-key or enum keyword present in the
10738   //   elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the
10739   //   declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier
10740   //   refers. This rule also applies to the form of
10741   //   elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or
10742   //   friend class since it can be construed as referring to the
10743   //   definition of the class. Thus, in any
10744   //   elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to
10745   //   refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be
10746   //   used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or
10747   //   struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9)
10748   //   declared using the class or struct class-key.
10749   TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind();
10750   if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag))
10751     if (OldTag == NewTag)
10752       return true;
10753 
10754   if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) {
10755     // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch.
10756     bool isTemplate = false;
10757     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous))
10758       isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate();
10759 
10760     if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
10761       // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches
10762       // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem.
10763       Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
10764         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
10765         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
10766       return true;
10767     }
10768 
10769     if (isDefinition) {
10770       // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each
10771       // one that doesn't match the current tag.
10772       if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
10773         // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions.
10774         return true;
10775       }
10776 
10777       bool previousMismatch = false;
10778       for (auto I : Previous->redecls()) {
10779         if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) {
10780           if (!previousMismatch) {
10781             previousMismatch = true;
10782             Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch)
10783               << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
10784               << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind());
10785           }
10786           Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
10787             << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag)
10788             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(),
10789                  TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag));
10790         }
10791       }
10792       return true;
10793     }
10794 
10795     // Check for a previous definition.  If current tag and definition
10796     // are same type, do nothing.  If no definition, but disagree with
10797     // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it.
10798     const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ?
10799                             Previous->getDefinition() : Previous;
10800     if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) {
10801       return true;
10802     }
10803 
10804     Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
10805       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
10806       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
10807     Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
10808 
10809     // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it.
10810     if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
10811         Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
10812           << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind())
10813           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc),
10814                TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind()));
10815     }
10816 
10817     return true;
10818   }
10819   return false;
10820 }
10821 
10822 /// Add a minimal nested name specifier fixit hint to allow lookup of a tag name
10823 /// from an outer enclosing namespace or file scope inside a friend declaration.
10824 /// This should provide the commented out code in the following snippet:
10825 ///   namespace N {
10826 ///     struct X;
10827 ///     namespace M {
10828 ///       struct Y { friend struct /*N::*/ X; };
10829 ///     }
10830 ///   }
10831 static FixItHint createFriendTagNNSFixIt(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S,
10832                                          SourceLocation NameLoc) {
10833   // While the decl is in a namespace, do repeated lookup of that name and see
10834   // if we get the same namespace back.  If we do not, continue until
10835   // translation unit scope, at which point we have a fully qualified NNS.
10836   SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Namespaces;
10837   DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
10838   for (; !DC->isTranslationUnit(); DC = DC->getParent()) {
10839     // This tag should be declared in a namespace, which can only be enclosed by
10840     // other namespaces.  Bail if there's an anonymous namespace in the chain.
10841     NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC);
10842     if (!Namespace || Namespace->isAnonymousNamespace())
10843       return FixItHint();
10844     IdentifierInfo *II = Namespace->getIdentifier();
10845     Namespaces.push_back(II);
10846     NamedDecl *Lookup = SemaRef.LookupSingleName(
10847         S, II, NameLoc, Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName);
10848     if (Lookup == Namespace)
10849       break;
10850   }
10851 
10852   // Once we have all the namespaces, reverse them to go outermost first, and
10853   // build an NNS.
10854   SmallString<64> Insertion;
10855   llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Insertion);
10856   if (DC->isTranslationUnit())
10857     OS << "::";
10858   std::reverse(Namespaces.begin(), Namespaces.end());
10859   for (auto *II : Namespaces)
10860     OS << II->getName() << "::";
10861   OS.flush();
10862   return FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, Insertion);
10863 }
10864 
10865 /// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'.  In the
10866 /// former case, Name will be non-null.  In the later case, Name will be null.
10867 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a
10868 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag.
10869 ///
10870 /// IsTypeSpecifier is true if this is a type-specifier (or
10871 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration.
10872 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
10873                      SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
10874                      IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
10875                      AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS,
10876                      SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
10877                      MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
10878                      bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent,
10879                      SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc,
10880                      bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag,
10881                      TypeResult UnderlyingType,
10882                      bool IsTypeSpecifier) {
10883   // If this is not a definition, it must have a name.
10884   IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name;
10885   assert((Name != nullptr || TUK == TUK_Definition) &&
10886          "Nameless record must be a definition!");
10887   assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference);
10888 
10889   OwnedDecl = false;
10890   TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec);
10891   bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid();
10892 
10893   // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully.
10894   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
10895   bool Invalid = false;
10896 
10897   // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters
10898   // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work
10899   // for non-C++ cases.
10900   if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 ||
10901       (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) {
10902     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams =
10903             MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
10904                 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, nullptr, TemplateParameterLists,
10905                 TUK == TUK_Friend, isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) {
10906       if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
10907         Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template);
10908         return nullptr;
10909       }
10910 
10911       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
10912         // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may
10913         // be a member of another template).
10914 
10915         if (Invalid)
10916           return nullptr;
10917 
10918         OwnedDecl = false;
10919         DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc,
10920                                                SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr,
10921                                                TemplateParams, AS,
10922                                                ModulePrivateLoc,
10923                                                /*FriendLoc*/SourceLocation(),
10924                                                TemplateParameterLists.size()-1,
10925                                                TemplateParameterLists.data());
10926         return Result.get();
10927       } else {
10928         // The "template<>" header is extraneous.
10929         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams)
10930           << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name;
10931         isExplicitSpecialization = true;
10932       }
10933     }
10934   }
10935 
10936   // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do
10937   // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible
10938   // redeclaration.
10939   llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying;
10940 
10941   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
10942     if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum))
10943       // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the
10944       // type, default to int.
10945       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
10946     else if (UnderlyingType.get()) {
10947       // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an
10948       // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored.
10949       TypeSourceInfo *TI = nullptr;
10950       GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI);
10951       EnumUnderlying = TI;
10952 
10953       if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI))
10954         // Recover by falling back to int.
10955         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
10956 
10957       if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI,
10958                                           UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType))
10959         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
10960 
10961     } else if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
10962       // Microsoft enums are always of int type.
10963       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
10964   }
10965 
10966   DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext;
10967   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
10968   bool isStdBadAlloc = false;
10969 
10970   RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration;
10971   if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference)
10972     Redecl = NotForRedeclaration;
10973 
10974   LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl);
10975   if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) {
10976     // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar').
10977 
10978     // Check for invalid 'foo::'.
10979     if (SS.isInvalid()) {
10980       Name = nullptr;
10981       goto CreateNewDecl;
10982     }
10983 
10984     // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent
10985     // context, don't try to make a decl for it.
10986     if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) {
10987       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false);
10988       if (!DC) {
10989         IsDependent = true;
10990         return nullptr;
10991       }
10992     } else {
10993       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true);
10994       if (!DC) {
10995         Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec)
10996           << SS.getRange();
10997         return nullptr;
10998       }
10999     }
11000 
11001     if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC))
11002       return nullptr;
11003 
11004     SearchDC = DC;
11005     // Look-up name inside 'foo::'.
11006     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
11007 
11008     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
11009       return nullptr;
11010 
11011     if (Previous.empty()) {
11012       // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the
11013       // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation,
11014       // and that current instantiation has any dependent base
11015       // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat
11016       // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier.
11017       // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups.
11018       if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() &&
11019           (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
11020         IsDependent = true;
11021         return nullptr;
11022       }
11023 
11024       // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist.
11025       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope)
11026         << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange();
11027       Name = nullptr;
11028       Invalid = true;
11029       goto CreateNewDecl;
11030     }
11031   } else if (Name) {
11032     // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward
11033     // declaration or definition.
11034     // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we
11035     // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we
11036     // shouldn't be diagnosing.
11037     LookupName(Previous, S);
11038 
11039     // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced
11040     // by types using'ed into this scope.
11041     if (Previous.isAmbiguous() &&
11042         (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) {
11043       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
11044       while (F.hasNext()) {
11045         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
11046         if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC)
11047           F.erase();
11048       }
11049       F.done();
11050     }
11051 
11052     // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3:
11053     //   If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor
11054     //   a template-id and the declaration is a function or an
11055     //   elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether
11056     //   the entity has been previously declared shall not consider
11057     //   any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace.
11058     //
11059     // MSVC doesn't implement the above rule for types, so a friend tag
11060     // declaration may be a redeclaration of a type declared in an enclosing
11061     // scope.  They do implement this rule for friend functions.
11062     //
11063     // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by
11064     // semantic context?
11065     if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) {
11066       DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
11067       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
11068       bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false;
11069       while (F.hasNext()) {
11070         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
11071         DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
11072         if (DC->isFileContext() &&
11073             !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) {
11074           if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
11075             FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true;
11076           else
11077             F.erase();
11078         }
11079       }
11080       F.done();
11081 
11082       // Diagnose this MSVC extension in the easy case where lookup would have
11083       // unambiguously found something outside the enclosing namespace.
11084       if (Previous.isSingleResult() && FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace) {
11085         NamedDecl *ND = Previous.getFoundDecl();
11086         Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_friend_tag_redecl_outside_namespace)
11087             << createFriendTagNNSFixIt(*this, ND, S, NameLoc);
11088       }
11089     }
11090 
11091     // Note:  there used to be some attempt at recovery here.
11092     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
11093       return nullptr;
11094 
11095     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) {
11096       // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated
11097       // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching
11098       // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak
11099       // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this?
11100       while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC))
11101         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
11102     }
11103   }
11104 
11105   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
11106       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
11107     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
11108     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl());
11109     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
11110     Previous.clear();
11111   }
11112 
11113   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace &&
11114       DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) {
11115     // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc".
11116     isStdBadAlloc = true;
11117 
11118     if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) {
11119       // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to
11120       // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous
11121       // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately.
11122       Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc());
11123     }
11124   }
11125 
11126   // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference
11127   // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope.  In C++, we
11128   // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case
11129   // there's a shadow friend decl.
11130   if (Name && Previous.empty() &&
11131       (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
11132     if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl;
11133     assert(SS.isEmpty());
11134 
11135     if (TUK == TUK_Reference) {
11136       // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5:
11137       //   -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form
11138       //
11139       //          class-key identifier
11140       //
11141       //      if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the
11142       //      decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a
11143       //      function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is
11144       //      declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains
11145       //      the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend
11146       //      declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest
11147       //      non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the
11148       //      declaration.
11149       //
11150       // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for
11151       // C structs and unions.
11152       //
11153       // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum
11154       // type, including via an elaborated type specifier.  We'll
11155       // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same
11156       // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type.
11157       //
11158       // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete
11159       // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not.
11160       //
11161       // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag.
11162       // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the
11163       // lexical context,
11164       while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
11165         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
11166 
11167       // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag.
11168       while (S->isClassScope() ||
11169              (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
11170               S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) ||
11171              ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
11172              (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()))
11173         S = S->getParent();
11174     } else {
11175       assert(TUK == TUK_Friend);
11176       // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3:
11177       //   If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a
11178       //   class or function, the friend class or function is a member of
11179       //   the innermost enclosing namespace.
11180       SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
11181     }
11182 
11183     // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly
11184     // diagnose some problems.
11185     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11186       Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration);
11187       LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC);
11188     }
11189   }
11190 
11191   if (!Previous.empty()) {
11192     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
11193     NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl =
11194         getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? *Previous.begin() : PrevDecl;
11195 
11196     // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef
11197     // which hides a tag decl in the same scope.  Finding this
11198     // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen
11199     // in C++.
11200     //
11201     // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is
11202     // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is
11203     // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue;
11204     // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407
11205     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11206       if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
11207         if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) {
11208           TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
11209           if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name &&
11210               Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()
11211                           ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) {
11212             PrevDecl = Tag;
11213             Previous.clear();
11214             Previous.addDecl(Tag);
11215             Previous.resolveKind();
11216           }
11217         }
11218       }
11219     }
11220 
11221     if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
11222       // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared
11223       // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or
11224       // rementions the tag), reuse the decl.
11225       if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend ||
11226           isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
11227                         SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) {
11228         // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a
11229         // struct or something similar.
11230         if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind,
11231                                           TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc,
11232                                           *Name)) {
11233           bool SafeToContinue
11234             = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum &&
11235                Kind != TTK_Enum);
11236           if (SafeToContinue)
11237             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag)
11238               << Name
11239               << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc),
11240                                               PrevTagDecl->getKindName());
11241           else
11242             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name;
11243           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
11244 
11245           if (SafeToContinue)
11246             Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind();
11247           else {
11248             // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition.
11249             Name = nullptr;
11250             Previous.clear();
11251             Invalid = true;
11252           }
11253         }
11254 
11255         if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) {
11256           const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl);
11257 
11258           // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration,
11259           // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted.
11260           if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
11261             if (ScopedEnum)
11262               Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference)
11263                 << PrevEnum->isScoped()
11264                 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc);
11265             return PrevTagDecl;
11266           }
11267 
11268           QualType EnumUnderlyingTy;
11269           if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
11270             EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
11271           else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>())
11272             EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0);
11273 
11274           // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by
11275           // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition,
11276           // in which case we want the caller to bail out.
11277           if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc,
11278                                      ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, PrevEnum))
11279             return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : nullptr;
11280         }
11281 
11282         // C++11 [class.mem]p1:
11283         //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification,
11284         //   except that a nested class or member class template can be declared
11285         //   and then later defined.
11286         if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() &&
11287             S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
11288           Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared);
11289           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
11290         }
11291 
11292         if (!Invalid) {
11293           // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found, unless
11294           // we have attributes.
11295 
11296           // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue
11297           // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it.
11298           // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will
11299           // need to be changed with DeclGroups.
11300           if (!Attr &&
11301               ((TUK == TUK_Reference &&
11302                 (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() || getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt))
11303                || TUK == TUK_Friend))
11304             return PrevTagDecl;
11305 
11306           // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag.
11307           if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
11308             if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) {
11309               // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition
11310               // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error
11311               // here; we'll catch this in the general case below.
11312               bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false;
11313               if (isExplicitSpecialization) {
11314                 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def))
11315                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
11316                     RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
11317                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
11318                 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def))
11319                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
11320                     ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
11321                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
11322               }
11323 
11324               if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) {
11325                 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't
11326                 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning.
11327                 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope())
11328                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name;
11329                 else
11330                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name;
11331                 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
11332                 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this
11333                 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later
11334                 // references get the previous definition.
11335                 Name = nullptr;
11336                 Previous.clear();
11337                 Invalid = true;
11338               }
11339             } else {
11340               // If the type is currently being defined, complain
11341               // about a nested redefinition.
11342               const TagType *Tag
11343                 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl));
11344               if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
11345                 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name;
11346                 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(),
11347                      diag::note_previous_definition);
11348                 Name = nullptr;
11349                 Previous.clear();
11350                 Invalid = true;
11351               }
11352             }
11353 
11354             // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced
11355             // tag. We're going to create a new Decl for it.
11356           }
11357 
11358           // Okay, we're going to make a redeclaration.  If this is some kind
11359           // of reference, make sure we build the redeclaration in the same DC
11360           // as the original, and ignore the current access specifier.
11361           if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) {
11362             SearchDC = PrevTagDecl->getDeclContext();
11363             AS = AS_none;
11364           }
11365         }
11366         // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we
11367         // have a definition.  Just create a new decl.
11368 
11369       } else {
11370         // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested
11371         // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a
11372         // new decl/type.  We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities
11373         // have distinct types.
11374         Previous.clear();
11375       }
11376       // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl
11377       // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by
11378       // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition.
11379 
11380 
11381     // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag
11382     // lookup.  This is only actually possible in C++, where a few
11383     // things like templates still live in the tag namespace.
11384     } else {
11385       // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier
11386       // found the wrong kind of type on the first
11387       // (non-redeclaration) lookup.
11388       if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) &&
11389           !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) {
11390         unsigned Kind = 0;
11391         if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
11392         else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
11393         else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3;
11394         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind;
11395         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
11396         Invalid = true;
11397 
11398       // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope.
11399       } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
11400                                 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) {
11401         // do nothing
11402 
11403       // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types.
11404       } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
11405         unsigned Kind = 0;
11406         if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
11407         else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
11408         else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3;
11409         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind;
11410         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
11411         Invalid = true;
11412 
11413       // Otherwise it's a declaration.  Call out a particularly common
11414       // case here.
11415       } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
11416         unsigned Kind = 0;
11417         if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
11418         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef)
11419           << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType();
11420         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
11421         Invalid = true;
11422 
11423       // Otherwise, diagnose.
11424       } else {
11425         // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope,
11426         // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous.
11427         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name;
11428         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
11429         Name = nullptr;
11430         Invalid = true;
11431       }
11432 
11433       // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a
11434       // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration.
11435       Previous.clear();
11436     }
11437   }
11438 
11439 CreateNewDecl:
11440 
11441   TagDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr;
11442   if (Previous.isSingleResult())
11443     PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
11444 
11445   // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the
11446   // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union
11447   // keyword.
11448   SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc;
11449 
11450   // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous
11451   // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via
11452   // PrevDecl.
11453   TagDecl *New;
11454 
11455   bool IsForwardReference = false;
11456   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
11457     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
11458     // enum X { A, B, C } D;    D should chain to X.
11459     New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
11460                            cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum,
11461                            ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull());
11462     // If this is an undefined enum, warn.
11463     if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) {
11464       TagDecl *Def;
11465       if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) &&
11466           cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) {
11467         // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration.
11468         // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing.
11469       }
11470       else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) {
11471         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def)
11472           << New;
11473         Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
11474       } else {
11475         unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum;
11476         if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
11477           DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum;
11478         else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
11479           DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum;
11480         Diag(Loc, DiagID);
11481 
11482         // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a
11483         // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into
11484         // the declaration context.
11485         if (TUK == TUK_Reference)
11486           IsForwardReference = true;
11487       }
11488     }
11489 
11490     if (EnumUnderlying) {
11491       EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New);
11492       if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
11493         ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI);
11494       else
11495         ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0));
11496       ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType());
11497     }
11498 
11499   } else {
11500     // struct/union/class
11501 
11502     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
11503     // struct X { int A; } D;    D should chain to X.
11504     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11505       // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs.
11506       New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
11507                                   cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
11508 
11509       if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit()))
11510         StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New);
11511     } else
11512       New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
11513                                cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
11514   }
11515 
11516   // C++11 [dcl.type]p3:
11517   //   A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...].
11518   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && IsTypeSpecifier && TUK == TUK_Definition) {
11519     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier)
11520       << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
11521     Invalid = true;
11522   }
11523 
11524   // Maybe add qualifier info.
11525   if (SS.isNotEmpty()) {
11526     if (SS.isSet()) {
11527       // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the
11528       // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this
11529       // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking
11530       // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to
11531       // CheckMemberSpecialization, below.
11532       if (!isExplicitSpecialization &&
11533           (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) &&
11534           diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, NameLoc))
11535         Invalid = true;
11536 
11537       New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
11538       if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) {
11539         New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
11540                                            TemplateParameterLists.size(),
11541                                            TemplateParameterLists.data());
11542       }
11543     }
11544     else
11545       Invalid = true;
11546   }
11547 
11548   if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) {
11549     // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when
11550     // the ASTContext lays out the structure.
11551     //
11552     // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this
11553     // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is
11554     // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at
11555     // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because
11556     // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the
11557     // parsing of the struct).
11558     if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
11559       AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD);
11560       AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD);
11561     }
11562   }
11563 
11564   if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) {
11565     if (isExplicitSpecialization)
11566       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
11567         << 2
11568         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
11569     // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only
11570     // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are
11571     // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__.
11572     else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
11573       New->setModulePrivate();
11574   }
11575 
11576   // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template),
11577   // check the specialization.
11578   if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous))
11579     Invalid = true;
11580 
11581   // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C,
11582   // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to
11583   // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope.
11584   if ((Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) &&
11585       getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) {
11586     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11587       // C++ [dcl.fct]p6:
11588       //   Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types.
11589       if (TUK == TUK_Definition && !IsTypeSpecifier) {
11590         Diag(Loc, diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type)
11591             << Name;
11592         Invalid = true;
11593       }
11594     } else {
11595       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
11596     }
11597     DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New);
11598   }
11599 
11600   if (Invalid)
11601     New->setInvalidDecl();
11602 
11603   if (Attr)
11604     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
11605 
11606   // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the
11607   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
11608   New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
11609 
11610   // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable.
11611   // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward
11612   // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make
11613   // the tag name visible.
11614   if (TUK == TUK_Friend)
11615     New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat);
11616 
11617   // Set the access specifier.
11618   if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord())
11619     SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS);
11620 
11621   if (TUK == TUK_Definition)
11622     New->startDefinition();
11623 
11624   // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
11625   if (TUK == TUK_Friend) {
11626     // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables;
11627     // if so, borrow its access specifier.
11628     if (PrevDecl)
11629       New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess());
11630 
11631     DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
11632     DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
11633     if (Name) // can be null along some error paths
11634       if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC))
11635         PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false);
11636   } else if (Name) {
11637     S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
11638     PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference);
11639     if (IsForwardReference)
11640       SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
11641 
11642   } else {
11643     CurContext->addDecl(New);
11644   }
11645 
11646   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
11647   if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier())
11648     if (!New->isInvalidDecl() &&
11649         New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
11650         II->isStr("FILE"))
11651       Context.setFILEDecl(New);
11652 
11653   if (PrevDecl)
11654     mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl);
11655 
11656   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
11657   // record.
11658   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New);
11659 
11660   OwnedDecl = true;
11661   // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from
11662   // the cases where we make the type anonymous.
11663   return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? nullptr : New;
11664 }
11665 
11666 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
11667   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
11668   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
11669 
11670   // Enter the tag context.
11671   PushDeclContext(S, Tag);
11672 
11673   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
11674 
11675   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
11676   // record.
11677   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag);
11678 }
11679 
11680 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) {
11681   assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) &&
11682          "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl");
11683   DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl);
11684   assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext &&
11685       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
11686   CurContext = OCD;
11687   return IDecl;
11688 }
11689 
11690 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
11691                                            SourceLocation FinalLoc,
11692                                            bool IsFinalSpelledSealed,
11693                                            SourceLocation LBraceLoc) {
11694   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
11695   CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD);
11696 
11697   FieldCollector->StartClass();
11698 
11699   if (!Record->getIdentifier())
11700     return;
11701 
11702   if (FinalLoc.isValid())
11703     Record->addAttr(new (Context)
11704                     FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed));
11705 
11706   // C++ [class]p2:
11707   //   [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the
11708   //   class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For
11709   //   purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated
11710   //   as if it were a public member name.
11711   CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName
11712     = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext,
11713                             Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(),
11714                             Record->getIdentifier(),
11715                             /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr,
11716                             /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true);
11717   Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record);
11718   InjectedClassName->setImplicit();
11719   InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public);
11720   if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate())
11721       InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template);
11722   PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S);
11723   assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() &&
11724          "Broken injected-class-name");
11725 }
11726 
11727 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
11728                                     SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
11729   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
11730   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
11731   Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc);
11732 
11733   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
11734   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
11735     assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it");
11736     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
11737       RD->completeDefinition();
11738   }
11739 
11740   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag))
11741     FieldCollector->FinishClass();
11742 
11743   // Exit this scope of this tag's definition.
11744   PopDeclContext();
11745 
11746   if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() &&
11747       Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
11748     Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
11749 
11750   // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag.
11751   if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl())
11752     Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag);
11753 }
11754 
11755 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() {
11756   // Exit this scope of this interface definition.
11757   PopDeclContext();
11758 }
11759 
11760 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
11761   assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts");
11762   OriginalLexicalContext = DC;
11763   ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition();
11764 }
11765 
11766 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
11767   ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC));
11768   OriginalLexicalContext = nullptr;
11769 }
11770 
11771 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
11772   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
11773   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
11774   Tag->setInvalidDecl();
11775 
11776   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
11777   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
11778     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
11779       RD->completeDefinition();
11780   }
11781 
11782   // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not
11783   // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with
11784   // the FieldCollector.
11785 
11786   PopDeclContext();
11787 }
11788 
11789 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields.
11790 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc,
11791                                 IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
11792                                 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct,
11793                                 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) {
11794   // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness
11795   if (ZeroWidth)
11796     *ZeroWidth = true;
11797 
11798   // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type.
11799   // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type.
11800   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
11801     // Handle incomplete types with specific error.
11802     if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete))
11803       return ExprError();
11804     if (FieldName)
11805       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield)
11806         << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
11807     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield)
11808       << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
11809   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth),
11810                                              UPPC_BitFieldWidth))
11811     return ExprError();
11812 
11813   // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check
11814   // it now.
11815   if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent())
11816     return BitWidth;
11817 
11818   llvm::APSInt Value;
11819   ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value);
11820   if (ICE.isInvalid())
11821     return ICE;
11822   BitWidth = ICE.get();
11823 
11824   if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth)
11825     *ZeroWidth = false;
11826 
11827   // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field.
11828   if (Value == 0 && FieldName)
11829     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName;
11830 
11831   if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) {
11832     if (FieldName)
11833       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width)
11834                << FieldName << Value.toString(10);
11835     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width)
11836       << Value.toString(10);
11837   }
11838 
11839   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) {
11840     uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy);
11841     if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) {
11842       if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || IsMsStruct ||
11843           Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) {
11844         if (FieldName)
11845           return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
11846             << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
11847             << (unsigned)TypeSize;
11848 
11849         return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
11850           << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize;
11851       }
11852 
11853       if (FieldName)
11854         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
11855           << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
11856           << (unsigned)TypeSize;
11857       else
11858         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
11859           << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize;
11860     }
11861   }
11862 
11863   return BitWidth;
11864 }
11865 
11866 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order
11867 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it.
11868 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
11869                        Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) {
11870   FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD),
11871                                DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth),
11872                                /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public);
11873   return Res;
11874 }
11875 
11876 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member.
11877 ///
11878 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record,
11879                              SourceLocation DeclStart,
11880                              Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth,
11881                              InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
11882                              AccessSpecifier AS) {
11883   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
11884   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
11885   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
11886 
11887   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
11888   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
11889   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11890     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
11891 
11892     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
11893                                         UPPC_DataMemberType)) {
11894       D.setInvalidType();
11895       T = Context.IntTy;
11896       TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc);
11897     }
11898   }
11899 
11900   // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces.
11901   if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) {
11902     Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space);
11903     D.setInvalidType();
11904   }
11905 
11906   // OpenCL 1.2 spec, s6.9 r:
11907   // The event type cannot be used to declare a structure or union field.
11908   if (LangOpts.OpenCL && T->isEventT()) {
11909     Diag(Loc, diag::err_event_t_struct_field);
11910     D.setInvalidType();
11911   }
11912 
11913   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
11914 
11915   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec())
11916     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
11917          diag::err_invalid_thread)
11918       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
11919 
11920   // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously
11921   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr;
11922   LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration);
11923   LookupName(Previous, S);
11924   switch (Previous.getResultKind()) {
11925     case LookupResult::Found:
11926     case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
11927       PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>();
11928       break;
11929 
11930     case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
11931       PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
11932       break;
11933 
11934     case LookupResult::NotFound:
11935     case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
11936     case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
11937       break;
11938   }
11939   Previous.suppressDiagnostics();
11940 
11941   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
11942     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
11943     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
11944     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
11945     PrevDecl = nullptr;
11946   }
11947 
11948   if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S))
11949     PrevDecl = nullptr;
11950 
11951   bool Mutable
11952     = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable);
11953   SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart();
11954   FieldDecl *NewFD
11955     = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle,
11956                      TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D);
11957 
11958   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
11959     Record->setInvalidDecl();
11960 
11961   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
11962     NewFD->setModulePrivate();
11963 
11964   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) {
11965     // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something
11966     // with the same name in the same scope.
11967   } else if (II) {
11968     PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S);
11969   } else
11970     Record->addDecl(NewFD);
11971 
11972   return NewFD;
11973 }
11974 
11975 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness.
11976 ///
11977 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type,
11978 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration
11979 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be
11980 /// created.
11981 ///
11982 /// \returns a new FieldDecl.
11983 ///
11984 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once
11985 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
11986                                 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
11987                                 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
11988                                 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth,
11989                                 InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
11990                                 SourceLocation TSSL,
11991                                 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
11992                                 Declarator *D) {
11993   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
11994   bool InvalidDecl = false;
11995   if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType();
11996 
11997   // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and
11998   // marking this declaration as invalid.
11999   if (T.isNull()) {
12000     InvalidDecl = true;
12001     T = Context.IntTy;
12002   }
12003 
12004   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T);
12005   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
12006     if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
12007       // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid.
12008       Record->setInvalidDecl();
12009       InvalidDecl = true;
12010     } else {
12011       NamedDecl *Def;
12012       EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def);
12013       if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) {
12014         Record->setInvalidDecl();
12015         InvalidDecl = true;
12016       }
12017     }
12018   }
12019 
12020   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported.
12021   if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
12022     Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields);
12023     InvalidDecl = true;
12024   }
12025 
12026   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
12027   // than a variably modified type.
12028   if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
12029     bool SizeIsNegative;
12030     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
12031 
12032     TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
12033       TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
12034                                                     SizeIsNegative,
12035                                                     Oversized);
12036     if (FixedTInfo) {
12037       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
12038       TInfo = FixedTInfo;
12039       T = FixedTInfo->getType();
12040     } else {
12041       if (SizeIsNegative)
12042         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
12043       else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
12044         Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large)
12045           << Oversized.toString(10);
12046       else
12047         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size);
12048       InvalidDecl = true;
12049     }
12050   }
12051 
12052   // Fields can not have abstract class types
12053   if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T,
12054                                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
12055                                              AbstractFieldType))
12056     InvalidDecl = true;
12057 
12058   bool ZeroWidth = false;
12059   // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field.
12060   if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth) {
12061     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth,
12062                               &ZeroWidth).get();
12063     if (!BitWidth) {
12064       InvalidDecl = true;
12065       BitWidth = nullptr;
12066       ZeroWidth = false;
12067     }
12068   }
12069 
12070   // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration.
12071   if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) {
12072     unsigned DiagID = 0;
12073     if (T->isReferenceType())
12074       DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference;
12075     else if (T.isConstQualified())
12076       DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const;
12077 
12078     if (DiagID) {
12079       SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc;
12080       if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid())
12081         ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc();
12082       Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID);
12083       Mutable = false;
12084       InvalidDecl = true;
12085     }
12086   }
12087 
12088   // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460):
12089   //   At most one variant member of a union may have a
12090   //   brace-or-equal-initializer.
12091   if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit)
12092     checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc);
12093 
12094   FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo,
12095                                        BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle);
12096   if (InvalidDecl)
12097     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
12098 
12099   if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
12100     Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
12101     Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
12102     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
12103   }
12104 
12105   if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12106     if (Record->isUnion()) {
12107       if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
12108         CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
12109         if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
12110           // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial
12111           // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial
12112           // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator
12113           // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such
12114           // objects.
12115           if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD))
12116             NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
12117         }
12118       }
12119 
12120       // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type,
12121       // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions
12122       // enabled.
12123       if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) {
12124         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ?
12125                                     diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type :
12126                                     diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type)
12127           << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy;
12128         if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
12129           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
12130       }
12131     }
12132   }
12133 
12134   // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST
12135   // representation, not a parser representation.
12136   if (D) {
12137     // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here.
12138     ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D);
12139 
12140     if (NewFD->hasAttrs())
12141       CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD);
12142   }
12143 
12144   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of
12145   // retainable type.
12146   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD))
12147     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
12148 
12149   if (T.isObjCGCWeak())
12150     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field);
12151 
12152   NewFD->setAccess(AS);
12153   return NewFD;
12154 }
12155 
12156 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) {
12157   assert(FD);
12158   assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++");
12159 
12160   if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType())
12161     return false;
12162 
12163   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
12164   if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
12165     CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
12166     if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
12167       // We check for copy constructors before constructors
12168       // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about
12169       // copy constructors.
12170 
12171       CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid;
12172       // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the
12173       // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any
12174       // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a
12175       // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't
12176       // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.)
12177       if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor())
12178         member = CXXCopyConstructor;
12179       else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor())
12180         member = CXXDefaultConstructor;
12181       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment())
12182         member = CXXCopyAssignment;
12183       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor())
12184         member = CXXDestructor;
12185 
12186       if (member != CXXInvalid) {
12187         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
12188             getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) {
12189           // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of
12190           // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs
12191           // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions,
12192           // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those
12193           // members unavailable.
12194           SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation();
12195           if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) {
12196             if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>())
12197               FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
12198                                   "this system field has retaining ownership",
12199                                   Loc));
12200             return false;
12201           }
12202         }
12203 
12204         Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ?
12205                diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member :
12206                diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member)
12207           << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member;
12208         DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member);
12209         return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11;
12210       }
12211     }
12212   }
12213 
12214   return false;
12215 }
12216 
12217 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an
12218 ///  AST enum value.
12219 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl
12220 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) {
12221   switch (ivarVisibility) {
12222   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind");
12223   case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private;
12224   case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public;
12225   case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected;
12226   case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package;
12227   }
12228 }
12229 
12230 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this
12231 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it.
12232 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S,
12233                                 SourceLocation DeclStart,
12234                                 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
12235                                 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) {
12236 
12237   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
12238   Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth;
12239   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
12240   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
12241 
12242   // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for
12243   // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace!
12244 
12245   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
12246   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
12247 
12248   if (BitWidth) {
12249     // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4
12250     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).get();
12251     if (!BitWidth)
12252       D.setInvalidType();
12253   } else {
12254     // Not a bitfield.
12255 
12256     // validate II.
12257 
12258   }
12259   if (T->isReferenceType()) {
12260     Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type);
12261     D.setInvalidType();
12262   }
12263   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
12264   // than a variably modified type.
12265   else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
12266     Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size);
12267     D.setInvalidType();
12268   }
12269 
12270   // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar.
12271   ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac =
12272     Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility)
12273                                         : ObjCIvarDecl::None;
12274   // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface.
12275   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext);
12276   if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl())
12277     return nullptr;
12278   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext;
12279   if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
12280       dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12281     if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) {
12282     // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class.
12283       EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface();
12284       assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!");
12285     }
12286     else
12287       EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
12288   } else {
12289     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
12290         dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12291       if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) {
12292         Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension();
12293         return nullptr;
12294       }
12295     }
12296     EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
12297   }
12298 
12299   // Construct the decl.
12300   ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext,
12301                                              DeclStart, Loc, II, T,
12302                                              TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth);
12303 
12304   if (II) {
12305     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName,
12306                                            ForRedeclaration);
12307     if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S)
12308         && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
12309       Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
12310       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
12311       NewID->setInvalidDecl();
12312     }
12313   }
12314 
12315   // Process attributes attached to the ivar.
12316   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D);
12317 
12318   if (D.isInvalidType())
12319     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
12320 
12321   // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type.
12322   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID))
12323     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
12324 
12325   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
12326     NewID->setModulePrivate();
12327 
12328   if (II) {
12329     // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add
12330     // these to the interface.
12331     S->AddDecl(NewID);
12332     IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID);
12333   }
12334 
12335   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() &&
12336       !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl))
12337     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface);
12338 
12339   return NewID;
12340 }
12341 
12342 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for
12343 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class
12344 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type,
12345 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface.
12346 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc,
12347                              SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) {
12348   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty())
12349     return;
12350 
12351   Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1];
12352   ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl);
12353 
12354   if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0)
12355     return;
12356   ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext);
12357   if (!ID) {
12358     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) {
12359       if (!CD->IsClassExtension())
12360         return;
12361     }
12362     // No need to add this to end of @implementation.
12363     else
12364       return;
12365   }
12366   // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars.
12367   llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0);
12368   Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc);
12369 
12370   Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext),
12371                               DeclLoc, DeclLoc, nullptr,
12372                               Context.CharTy,
12373                               Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy,
12374                                                                DeclLoc),
12375                               ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW,
12376                               true);
12377   AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar);
12378 }
12379 
12380 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl,
12381                        ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac,
12382                        SourceLocation RBrac, AttributeList *Attr) {
12383   assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl");
12384 
12385   // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have
12386   // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since
12387   // it will now change.
12388   if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12389     ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
12390     switch (DC->getKind()) {
12391     default: break;
12392     case Decl::ObjCCategory:
12393       Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
12394       break;
12395     case Decl::ObjCImplementation:
12396       Context.
12397         ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
12398       break;
12399     }
12400   }
12401 
12402   RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
12403 
12404   // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include
12405   // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total.
12406   unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0;
12407   if (Record) {
12408     for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) {
12409       if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I))
12410         if (IFD->getDeclName())
12411           ++NumNamedMembers;
12412     }
12413   }
12414 
12415   // Verify that all the fields are okay.
12416   SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields;
12417 
12418   bool ARCErrReported = false;
12419   for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end();
12420        i != end; ++i) {
12421     FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i);
12422 
12423     // Get the type for the field.
12424     const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr();
12425 
12426     if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
12427       // Remember all fields written by the user.
12428       RecFields.push_back(FD);
12429     }
12430 
12431     // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more
12432     // diagnostics about it.
12433     if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
12434       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12435       continue;
12436     }
12437 
12438     // C99 6.7.2.1p2:
12439     //   A structure or union shall not contain a member with
12440     //   incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not
12441     //   contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to
12442     //   an instance of itself), except that the last member of a
12443     //   structure with more than one named member may have incomplete
12444     //   array type; such a structure (and any union containing,
12445     //   possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure)
12446     //   shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an
12447     //   array.
12448     if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) {
12449       // Field declared as a function.
12450       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function)
12451         << FD->getDeclName();
12452       FD->setInvalidDecl();
12453       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12454       continue;
12455     } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record &&
12456                ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) ||
12457                 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ||
12458                   getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) &&
12459                  (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) {
12460       // Flexible array member.
12461       // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array.
12462       // It will accept flexible array in union and also
12463       // as the sole element of a struct/class.
12464       unsigned DiagID = 0;
12465       if (Record->isUnion())
12466         DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt
12467                      ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms
12468                      : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
12469                            ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu
12470                            : diag::err_flexible_array_union;
12471       else if (Fields.size() == 1)
12472         DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt
12473                      ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms
12474                      : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
12475                            ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu
12476                            : NumNamedMembers < 1
12477                                  ? diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate
12478                                  : 0;
12479 
12480       if (DiagID)
12481         Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName()
12482                                         << Record->getTagKind();
12483       // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified
12484       // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place
12485       // virtual bases after the derived members.  This would make a flexible
12486       // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end
12487       // of the type.
12488       if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record))
12489         if (RD->getNumVBases() != 0)
12490           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base)
12491             << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
12492       if (!getLangOpts().C99)
12493         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member)
12494           << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
12495 
12496       // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not
12497       // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now.
12498       //
12499       // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete
12500       // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this.
12501       QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
12502       if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) {
12503         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor)
12504           << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
12505         FD->setInvalidDecl();
12506         EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12507         continue;
12508       }
12509       // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct.
12510       if (Record)
12511         Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
12512     } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() &&
12513                RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
12514                                    diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
12515       // Incomplete type
12516       FD->setInvalidDecl();
12517       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12518       continue;
12519     } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
12520       if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) {
12521         // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible".
12522         if (Record && Record->isUnion()) {
12523           Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
12524         } else {
12525           // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject
12526           // it.  Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of
12527           // structures.
12528           if (i + 1 != Fields.end())
12529             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct)
12530               << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
12531           else {
12532             // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in
12533             // other structs as an extension.
12534             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct)
12535               << FD->getDeclName();
12536             if (Record)
12537               Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
12538           }
12539         }
12540       }
12541       if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) &&
12542           RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
12543                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
12544                                  AbstractIvarType)) {
12545         // Ivars can not have abstract class types
12546         FD->setInvalidDecl();
12547       }
12548       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
12549         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
12550       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember())
12551         Record->setHasVolatileMember(true);
12552     } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) {
12553       /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object
12554       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
12555         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*");
12556       QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType());
12557       FD->setType(T);
12558     } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported &&
12559                (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) {
12560       // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime.
12561       // We don't want to report this in a system header, though,
12562       // so we just make the field unavailable.
12563       // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type
12564       // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy.
12565       QualType T = FD->getType();
12566       Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime();
12567       if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) {
12568         SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation();
12569         if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) {
12570           if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
12571             FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
12572                               "this system field has retaining ownership",
12573                               loc));
12574           }
12575         } else {
12576           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag)
12577             << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind();
12578         }
12579         ARCErrReported = true;
12580       }
12581     } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 &&
12582                getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC &&
12583                Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) {
12584       if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
12585           FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong())
12586         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
12587       else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) {
12588         QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
12589         if (BaseType->isRecordType() &&
12590             BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
12591           Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
12592         else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
12593                  BaseType.isObjCGCStrong())
12594                Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
12595       }
12596     }
12597     if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified())
12598       Record->setHasVolatileMember(true);
12599     // Keep track of the number of named members.
12600     if (FD->getIdentifier())
12601       ++NumNamedMembers;
12602   }
12603 
12604   // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'.
12605   if (Record) {
12606     bool Completed = false;
12607     if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) {
12608       if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) {
12609         // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions.
12610         for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator
12611                I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(),
12612                E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I)
12613           I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess());
12614 
12615         if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) {
12616           if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) {
12617             // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec.
12618             if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
12619               AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord,
12620                                             CXXRecord->getDestructor());
12621           }
12622 
12623           // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class.
12624           AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord);
12625 
12626           // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple
12627           // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this
12628           // problem now.
12629           if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) {
12630             CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders;
12631             CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders);
12632 
12633             for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(),
12634                                              MEnd = FinalOverriders.end();
12635                  M != MEnd; ++M) {
12636               for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(),
12637                                             SOEnd = M->second.end();
12638                    SO != SOEnd; ++SO) {
12639                 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 &&
12640                        "Virtual function without overridding functions?");
12641                 if (SO->second.size() == 1)
12642                   continue;
12643 
12644                 // C++ [class.virtual]p2:
12645                 //   In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base
12646                 //   class subobject has more than one final overrider the
12647                 //   program is ill-formed.
12648                 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders)
12649                   << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record;
12650                 Diag(M->first->getLocation(),
12651                      diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
12652                 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator
12653                           OM = SO->second.begin(),
12654                        OMEnd = SO->second.end();
12655                      OM != OMEnd; ++OM)
12656                   Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider)
12657                     << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent();
12658 
12659                 Record->setInvalidDecl();
12660               }
12661             }
12662             CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders);
12663             Completed = true;
12664           }
12665         }
12666       }
12667     }
12668 
12669     if (!Completed)
12670       Record->completeDefinition();
12671 
12672     if (Record->hasAttrs()) {
12673       CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record);
12674 
12675       if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>())
12676         checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record),
12677                                            IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(),
12678                                            IA->getSemanticSpelling());
12679     }
12680 
12681     // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero
12682     // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause
12683     // compatibility problems.
12684     bool CheckForZeroSize;
12685     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12686       CheckForZeroSize = true;
12687     } else {
12688       // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code.
12689       CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record);
12690       CheckForZeroSize =
12691           CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() &&
12692           !CXXRecord->isDependentType() &&
12693           CXXRecord->isCLike();
12694     }
12695     if (CheckForZeroSize) {
12696       bool ZeroSize = true;
12697       bool IsEmpty = true;
12698       unsigned NonBitFields = 0;
12699       for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(),
12700                                       E = Record->field_end();
12701            (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) {
12702         IsEmpty = false;
12703         if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) {
12704           if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0)
12705             ZeroSize = false;
12706         } else {
12707           ++NonBitFields;
12708           QualType FieldType = I->getType();
12709           if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() ||
12710               !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero())
12711             ZeroSize = false;
12712         }
12713       }
12714 
12715       // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are
12716       // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside
12717       // extern "C" block.
12718       if (ZeroSize) {
12719         Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ?
12720                          diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c :
12721                          diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat)
12722           << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1);
12723       }
12724 
12725       // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7),
12726       // but are accepted by GCC.
12727       if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12728         Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union :
12729                                diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union)
12730           << Record->isUnion();
12731       }
12732     }
12733   } else {
12734     ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields =
12735       reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data());
12736     if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12737       ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac);
12738       // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext.
12739       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12740         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID);
12741         ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
12742       }
12743       // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be
12744       // duplicates.
12745       if (ID->getSuperClass())
12746         DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass());
12747     } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
12748                   dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12749       assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl");
12750       for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I)
12751         // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation.
12752         // Only it is in implementation's lexical context.
12753         ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl);
12754       CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac);
12755       IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
12756       IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
12757     } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
12758                 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12759       // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been
12760       // reported as errors elsewhere.
12761       // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field.
12762       // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac);
12763       // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext.
12764       // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars.
12765       ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface();
12766       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12767         if (IDecl) {
12768           if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar =
12769               IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
12770             Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
12771                  diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
12772             Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
12773             continue;
12774           }
12775           for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) {
12776             if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar
12777                   = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
12778               Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
12779                    diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
12780               Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
12781               continue;
12782             }
12783           }
12784         }
12785         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl);
12786         CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
12787       }
12788       CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
12789       CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
12790     }
12791   }
12792 
12793   if (Attr)
12794     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr);
12795 }
12796 
12797 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within
12798 /// the given type T.
12799 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context,
12800                                         llvm::APSInt &Value,
12801                                         QualType T) {
12802   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
12803   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T);
12804 
12805   if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) {
12806     if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType())
12807       --BitWidth;
12808     return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth;
12809   }
12810   return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth;
12811 }
12812 
12813 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type
12814 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists).
12815 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) {
12816   // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into
12817   // enum checking below.
12818   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
12819   const unsigned NumTypes = 4;
12820   QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
12821     Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy
12822   };
12823   QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
12824     Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy,
12825     Context.UnsignedLongLongTy
12826   };
12827 
12828   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T);
12829   QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes
12830                                                         : UnsignedIntegralTypes;
12831   for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I)
12832     if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth)
12833       return Types[I];
12834 
12835   return QualType();
12836 }
12837 
12838 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
12839                                           EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
12840                                           SourceLocation IdLoc,
12841                                           IdentifierInfo *Id,
12842                                           Expr *Val) {
12843   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
12844   llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth);
12845   QualType EltTy;
12846 
12847   if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue))
12848     Val = nullptr;
12849 
12850   if (Val)
12851     Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).get();
12852 
12853   if (Val) {
12854     if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent())
12855       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
12856     else {
12857       SourceLocation ExpLoc;
12858       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() &&
12859           !getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
12860         // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the
12861         // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted
12862         // constant expression of the underlying type.
12863         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
12864         ExprResult Converted =
12865           CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal,
12866                                            CCEK_Enumerator);
12867         if (Converted.isInvalid())
12868           Val = nullptr;
12869         else
12870           Val = Converted.get();
12871       } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() &&
12872                  !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val,
12873                                                          &EnumVal).get())) {
12874         // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression.
12875       } else {
12876         if (Enum->isFixed()) {
12877           EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
12878 
12879           // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be
12880           // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11,
12881           // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant
12882           // expression checking.
12883           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
12884             if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
12885               Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
12886               Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get();
12887             } else
12888               Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
12889           } else
12890             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get();
12891         } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12892           // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5:
12893           //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
12894           //   is the type of its initializing value:
12895           //     - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the
12896           //       initializing value has the same type as the expression.
12897           EltTy = Val->getType();
12898         } else {
12899           // C99 6.7.2.2p2:
12900           //   The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant
12901           //   shall be an integer constant expression that has a value
12902           //   representable as an int.
12903 
12904           // Complain if the value is not representable in an int.
12905           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy))
12906             Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
12907               << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange()
12908               << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative());
12909           else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) {
12910             // Force the type of the expression to 'int'.
12911             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).get();
12912           }
12913           EltTy = Val->getType();
12914         }
12915       }
12916     }
12917   }
12918 
12919   if (!Val) {
12920     if (Enum->isDependentType())
12921       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
12922     else if (!LastEnumConst) {
12923       // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
12924       //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
12925       //   is the type of its initializing value:
12926       //     - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the
12927       //       initializing value has an unspecified integral type.
12928       //
12929       // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does
12930       // C99 6.7.2.2p3.
12931       if (Enum->isFixed()) {
12932         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
12933       }
12934       else {
12935         EltTy = Context.IntTy;
12936       }
12937     } else {
12938       // Assign the last value + 1.
12939       EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
12940       ++EnumVal;
12941       EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType();
12942 
12943       // Check for overflow on increment.
12944       if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) {
12945         // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
12946         //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
12947         //   is the type of its initializing value:
12948         //
12949         //     - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as
12950         //       the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator
12951         //       unless the incremented value is not representable in that type,
12952         //       in which case the type is an unspecified integral type
12953         //       sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type
12954         //       exists, the program is ill-formed.
12955         QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy);
12956         if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) {
12957           // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this
12958           // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around.
12959           EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
12960           EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2);
12961           ++EnumVal;
12962           if (Enum->isFixed())
12963             // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed.
12964             Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped)
12965               << EnumVal.toString(10)
12966               << EltTy;
12967           else
12968             Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large)
12969               << EnumVal.toString(10);
12970         } else {
12971           EltTy = T;
12972         }
12973 
12974         // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the
12975         // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented
12976         // value, then increment.
12977         EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
12978         EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
12979         EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
12980         ++EnumVal;
12981 
12982         // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values,
12983         // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in
12984         // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that
12985         // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger
12986         // integral type.
12987         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull())
12988           Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow);
12989       } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
12990                  !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
12991         // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value.
12992         Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
12993           << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1;
12994       }
12995     }
12996   }
12997 
12998   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
12999     // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the
13000     // enumerator's type.
13001     EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
13002     EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
13003   }
13004 
13005   return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy,
13006                                   Val, EnumVal);
13007 }
13008 
13009 
13010 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst,
13011                               SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
13012                               AttributeList *Attr,
13013                               SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) {
13014   EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl);
13015   EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst =
13016     cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst);
13017 
13018   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
13019   // we find one that is.
13020   S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
13021 
13022   // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this
13023   // scope.
13024   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName,
13025                                          ForRedeclaration);
13026   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
13027     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
13028     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl);
13029     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
13030     PrevDecl = nullptr;
13031   }
13032 
13033   if (PrevDecl) {
13034     // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the
13035     // enum constant will 'hide' the tag.
13036     assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) &&
13037            "Received TagDecl when not in C++!");
13038     if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) {
13039       if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl))
13040         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id;
13041       else
13042         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id;
13043       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
13044       return nullptr;
13045     }
13046   }
13047 
13048   // C++ [class.mem]p15:
13049   // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name
13050   // different from T:
13051   // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped
13052   // enumerated type
13053   if (CXXRecordDecl *Record
13054                       = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(
13055                              TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()))
13056     if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped() &&
13057         Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id)
13058       Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id;
13059 
13060   EnumConstantDecl *New =
13061     CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val);
13062 
13063   if (New) {
13064     // Process attributes.
13065     if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
13066 
13067     // Register this decl in the current scope stack.
13068     New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess());
13069     PushOnScopeChains(New, S);
13070   }
13071 
13072   ActOnDocumentableDecl(New);
13073 
13074   return New;
13075 }
13076 
13077 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the
13078 // duplicate enum warning.  A few common cases are exempted as follows:
13079 // Element2 = Element1
13080 // Element2 = Element1 + 1
13081 // Element2 = Element1 - 1
13082 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum.
13083 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) {
13084   Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr();
13085   if (!InitExpr)
13086     return true;
13087   InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts();
13088 
13089   if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) {
13090     if (!BO->isAdditiveOp())
13091       return true;
13092     IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS());
13093     if (!IL)
13094       return true;
13095     if (IL->getValue() != 1)
13096       return true;
13097 
13098     InitExpr = BO->getLHS();
13099   }
13100 
13101   // This checks if the elements are from the same enum.
13102   DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr);
13103   if (!DRE)
13104     return true;
13105 
13106   EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
13107   if (!EnumConstant)
13108     return true;
13109 
13110   if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) !=
13111       Enum)
13112     return true;
13113 
13114   return false;
13115 }
13116 
13117 struct DupKey {
13118   int64_t val;
13119   bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey;
13120   DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey)
13121     : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {}
13122 };
13123 
13124 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) {
13125   return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(),
13126                 false);
13127 }
13128 
13129 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey {
13130   static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); }
13131   static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); }
13132   static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) {
13133     return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37);
13134   }
13135   static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) {
13136     return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey &&
13137            LHS.val == RHS.val;
13138   }
13139 };
13140 
13141 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that
13142 // a previous element has already been set to.
13143 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
13144                                         EnumDecl *Enum,
13145                                         QualType EnumType) {
13146   if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, Enum->getLocation()))
13147     return;
13148   // Avoid anonymous enums
13149   if (!Enum->getIdentifier())
13150     return;
13151 
13152   // Only check for small enums.
13153   if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64)
13154     return;
13155 
13156   typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector;
13157   typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector;
13158 
13159   typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector;
13160   typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey>
13161           ValueToVectorMap;
13162 
13163   DuplicatesVector DupVector;
13164   ValueToVectorMap EnumMap;
13165 
13166   // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without
13167   // an initialier.
13168   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13169     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
13170 
13171     // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for
13172     // this constant.  Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed.
13173     if (!ECD) {
13174       return;
13175     }
13176 
13177     if (ECD->getInitExpr())
13178       continue;
13179 
13180     DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal());
13181     DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key];
13182 
13183     // First time encountering this value.
13184     if (Entry.isNull())
13185       Entry = ECD;
13186   }
13187 
13188   // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates.
13189   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13190     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
13191     if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum))
13192       continue;
13193 
13194     DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal());
13195 
13196     DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key];
13197     if (Entry.isNull())
13198       continue;
13199 
13200     if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) {
13201       // Ensure constants are different.
13202       if (D == ECD)
13203         continue;
13204 
13205       // Create new vector and push values onto it.
13206       ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector();
13207       Vec->push_back(D);
13208       Vec->push_back(ECD);
13209 
13210       // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector.
13211       Entry = Vec;
13212 
13213       // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of
13214       // diagnostics.
13215       DupVector.push_back(Vec);
13216       continue;
13217     }
13218 
13219     ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>();
13220     // Make sure constants are not added more than once.
13221     if (*Vec->begin() == ECD)
13222       continue;
13223 
13224     Vec->push_back(ECD);
13225   }
13226 
13227   // Emit diagnostics.
13228   for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(),
13229                                   DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end();
13230        DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) {
13231     ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter;
13232     assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements.");
13233 
13234     // Emit warning for one enum constant.
13235     ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin();
13236     S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values)
13237       << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10)
13238       << (*I)->getSourceRange();
13239     ++I;
13240 
13241     // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with
13242     // the same value.
13243     for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I)
13244       S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element)
13245         << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10)
13246         << (*I)->getSourceRange();
13247     delete Vec;
13248   }
13249 }
13250 
13251 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
13252                          SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX,
13253                          ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
13254                          Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) {
13255   EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX);
13256   QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum);
13257 
13258   if (Attr)
13259     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr);
13260 
13261   if (Enum->isDependentType()) {
13262     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13263       EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
13264         cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
13265       if (!ECD) continue;
13266 
13267       ECD->setType(EnumType);
13268     }
13269 
13270     Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0);
13271     return;
13272   }
13273 
13274   // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long
13275   // long value.  ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension,
13276   // emit a warning.
13277   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
13278   unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth();
13279   unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth();
13280 
13281   // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and
13282   // reverse the list.
13283   unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0;
13284   unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0;
13285 
13286   // Keep track of whether all elements have type int.
13287   bool AllElementsInt = true;
13288 
13289   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13290     EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
13291       cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
13292     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
13293 
13294     const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
13295 
13296     // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values.
13297     if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative())
13298       NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits,
13299                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits());
13300     else
13301       NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits,
13302                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits());
13303 
13304     // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon).
13305     if (AllElementsInt)
13306       AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy;
13307   }
13308 
13309   // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum.
13310   QualType BestType;
13311   unsigned BestWidth;
13312 
13313   // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3:
13314   //   An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying
13315   //   type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first
13316   //   of the following types that can represent all the values of
13317   //   the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long
13318   //   int, long long int, or unsigned long long int.
13319   // C99 6.4.4.3p2:
13320   //   An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int.
13321   // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension
13322   QualType BestPromotionType;
13323 
13324   bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>();
13325   // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all
13326   // enum definitions.
13327   if (LangOpts.ShortEnums)
13328     Packed = true;
13329 
13330   if (Enum->isFixed()) {
13331     BestType = Enum->getIntegerType();
13332     if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType())
13333       BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType);
13334     else
13335       BestPromotionType = BestType;
13336     // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type
13337     // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers
13338     // warn that it might be used uninitialized.
13339     BestWidth = CharWidth;
13340   }
13341   else if (NumNegativeBits) {
13342     // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of
13343     // int/long/longlong) that fits.
13344     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
13345     if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) {
13346       BestType = Context.SignedCharTy;
13347       BestWidth = CharWidth;
13348     } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth &&
13349                NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) {
13350       BestType = Context.ShortTy;
13351       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
13352     } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) {
13353       BestType = Context.IntTy;
13354       BestWidth = IntWidth;
13355     } else {
13356       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth();
13357 
13358       if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) {
13359         BestType = Context.LongTy;
13360       } else {
13361         BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
13362 
13363         if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth)
13364           Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large);
13365         BestType = Context.LongLongTy;
13366       }
13367     }
13368     BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType);
13369   } else {
13370     // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits
13371     // all of the enumerator values.
13372     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
13373     if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) {
13374       BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
13375       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
13376       BestWidth = CharWidth;
13377     } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) {
13378       BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
13379       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
13380       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
13381     } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) {
13382       BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
13383       BestWidth = IntWidth;
13384       BestPromotionType
13385         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13386                            ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
13387     } else if (NumPositiveBits <=
13388                (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) {
13389       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
13390       BestPromotionType
13391         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13392                            ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
13393     } else {
13394       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
13395       assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth &&
13396              "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?");
13397       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
13398       BestPromotionType
13399         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13400                            ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
13401     }
13402   }
13403 
13404   // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match
13405   // the type of the enum if needed.
13406   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13407     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
13408     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
13409 
13410     // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an
13411     // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size.  If each
13412     // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the
13413     // same as the enumerator decl itself.  This means that in "enum { X = 1U }"
13414     // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'.
13415 
13416     // Determine whether the value fits into an int.
13417     llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
13418 
13419     // If it fits into an integer type, force it.  Otherwise force it to match
13420     // the enum decl type.
13421     QualType NewTy;
13422     unsigned NewWidth;
13423     bool NewSign;
13424     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
13425         !Enum->isFixed() &&
13426         isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) {
13427       NewTy = Context.IntTy;
13428       NewWidth = IntWidth;
13429       NewSign = true;
13430     } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) {
13431       // Already the right type!
13432       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13433         // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
13434         // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
13435         // enumeration.
13436         ECD->setType(EnumType);
13437       continue;
13438     } else {
13439       NewTy = BestType;
13440       NewWidth = BestWidth;
13441       NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
13442     }
13443 
13444     // Adjust the APSInt value.
13445     InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth);
13446     InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign);
13447     ECD->setInitVal(InitVal);
13448 
13449     // Adjust the Expr initializer and type.
13450     if (ECD->getInitExpr() &&
13451         !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType()))
13452       ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy,
13453                                                 CK_IntegralCast,
13454                                                 ECD->getInitExpr(),
13455                                                 /*base paths*/ nullptr,
13456                                                 VK_RValue));
13457     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13458       // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
13459       // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
13460       // enumeration.
13461       ECD->setType(EnumType);
13462     else
13463       ECD->setType(NewTy);
13464   }
13465 
13466   Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType,
13467                            NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits);
13468 
13469   CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType);
13470 
13471   // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned.
13472   if (Enum->hasAttrs())
13473     CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum);
13474 }
13475 
13476 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr,
13477                                   SourceLocation StartLoc,
13478                                   SourceLocation EndLoc) {
13479   StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr);
13480 
13481   FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
13482                                                    AsmString, StartLoc,
13483                                                    EndLoc);
13484   CurContext->addDecl(New);
13485   return New;
13486 }
13487 
13488 static void checkModuleImportContext(Sema &S, Module *M,
13489                                      SourceLocation ImportLoc,
13490                                      DeclContext *DC) {
13491   if (auto *LSD = dyn_cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) {
13492     switch (LSD->getLanguage()) {
13493     case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c:
13494       if (!M->IsExternC) {
13495         S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_in_extern_c)
13496           << M->getFullModuleName();
13497         S.Diag(LSD->getLocStart(), diag::note_module_import_in_extern_c);
13498         return;
13499       }
13500       break;
13501     case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_cxx:
13502       break;
13503     }
13504     DC = LSD->getParent();
13505   }
13506 
13507   while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC))
13508     DC = DC->getParent();
13509   if (!isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) {
13510     S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_not_at_top_level)
13511       << M->getFullModuleName() << DC;
13512     S.Diag(cast<Decl>(DC)->getLocStart(),
13513            diag::note_module_import_not_at_top_level)
13514       << DC;
13515   }
13516 }
13517 
13518 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc,
13519                                    SourceLocation ImportLoc,
13520                                    ModuleIdPath Path) {
13521   Module *Mod =
13522       getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, Module::AllVisible,
13523                                    /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false);
13524   if (!Mod)
13525     return true;
13526 
13527   checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, ImportLoc, CurContext);
13528 
13529   // FIXME: we should support importing a submodule within a different submodule
13530   // of the same top-level module. Until we do, make it an error rather than
13531   // silently ignoring the import.
13532   if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().CurrentModule)
13533     Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_self_import)
13534         << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().CurrentModule;
13535   else if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().ImplementationOfModule)
13536     Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_in_implementation)
13537         << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().ImplementationOfModule;
13538 
13539   SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs;
13540   Module *ModCheck = Mod;
13541   for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) {
13542     // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers.
13543     // We need the length to be consistent.
13544     if (!ModCheck)
13545       break;
13546     ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent;
13547 
13548     IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second);
13549   }
13550 
13551   ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context,
13552                                           Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
13553                                           AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc,
13554                                           Mod, IdentifierLocs);
13555   Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import);
13556   return Import;
13557 }
13558 
13559 void Sema::ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) {
13560   checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext);
13561 
13562   // FIXME: Should we synthesize an ImportDecl here?
13563   getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, DirectiveLoc,
13564                                       /*Complain=*/true);
13565 }
13566 
13567 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc,
13568                                                       Module *Mod) {
13569   // Bail if we're not allowed to implicitly import a module here.
13570   if (isSFINAEContext() || !getLangOpts().ModulesErrorRecovery)
13571     return;
13572 
13573   // Create the implicit import declaration.
13574   TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl();
13575   ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU,
13576                                                    Loc, Mod, Loc);
13577   TU->addDecl(ImportD);
13578   Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD);
13579 
13580   // Make the module visible.
13581   getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc,
13582                                       /*Complain=*/false);
13583 }
13584 
13585 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name,
13586                                       IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
13587                                       SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
13588                                       SourceLocation NameLoc,
13589                                       SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
13590   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc,
13591                                     LookupOrdinaryName);
13592   AsmLabelAttr *Attr = ::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(AliasNameLoc, Context,
13593                                                     AliasName->getName(), 0);
13594 
13595   if (PrevDecl)
13596     PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr);
13597   else
13598     (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
13599       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>(Name, Attr));
13600 }
13601 
13602 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name,
13603                              SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
13604                              SourceLocation NameLoc) {
13605   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
13606 
13607   if (PrevDecl) {
13608     PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc));
13609   } else {
13610     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
13611       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>
13612         (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)nullptr, NameLoc)));
13613   }
13614 }
13615 
13616 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name,
13617                                 IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
13618                                 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
13619                                 SourceLocation NameLoc,
13620                                 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
13621   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc,
13622                                     LookupOrdinaryName);
13623   WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc);
13624 
13625   if (PrevDecl) {
13626     if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>())
13627       if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl))
13628         DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W);
13629   } else {
13630     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
13631       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W));
13632   }
13633 }
13634 
13635 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const {
13636   return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext));
13637 }
13638 
13639 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const {
13640   const Decl *D = cast<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext());
13641   // If we are within an Objective-C method, we should consult
13642   // both the availability of the method as well as the
13643   // enclosing class.  If the class is (say) deprecated,
13644   // the entire method is considered deprecated from the
13645   // purpose of checking if the current context is deprecated.
13646   if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
13647     AvailabilityResult R = MD->getAvailability();
13648     if (R != AR_Available)
13649       return R;
13650     D = MD->getClassInterface();
13651   }
13652   // If we are within an Objective-c @implementation, it
13653   // gets the same availability context as the @interface.
13654   else if (const ObjCImplementationDecl *ID =
13655             dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(D)) {
13656     D = ID->getClassInterface();
13657   }
13658   // Recover from user error.
13659   return D ? D->getAvailability() : AR_Available;
13660 }
13661